mirror of https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbed-os.git
Initial commit of the mbed libraries and tools
parent
083a956eb1
commit
5c20760685
|
@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
#include "USBAudio.h"
|
||||
#include "USBAudio_Types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USBAudio::USBAudio(uint32_t frequency_in, uint8_t channel_nb_in, uint32_t frequency_out, uint8_t channel_nb_out, uint16_t vendor_id, uint16_t product_id, uint16_t product_release): USBDevice(vendor_id, product_id, product_release) {
|
||||
mute = 0;
|
||||
volCur = 0x0080;
|
||||
volMin = 0x0000;
|
||||
volMax = 0x0100;
|
||||
volRes = 0x0004;
|
||||
available = false;
|
||||
|
||||
FREQ_IN = frequency_in;
|
||||
FREQ_OUT = frequency_out;
|
||||
|
||||
this->channel_nb_in = channel_nb_in;
|
||||
this->channel_nb_out = channel_nb_out;
|
||||
|
||||
// stereo -> *2, mono -> *1
|
||||
PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN = (FREQ_IN / 500) * channel_nb_in;
|
||||
PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT = (FREQ_OUT / 500) * channel_nb_out;
|
||||
|
||||
// STEREO -> left and right
|
||||
channel_config_in = (channel_nb_in == 1) ? CHANNEL_M : CHANNEL_L + CHANNEL_R;
|
||||
channel_config_out = (channel_nb_out == 1) ? CHANNEL_M : CHANNEL_L + CHANNEL_R;
|
||||
|
||||
SOF_handler = false;
|
||||
|
||||
buf_stream_out = NULL;
|
||||
buf_stream_in = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
interruptOUT = false;
|
||||
writeIN = false;
|
||||
interruptIN = false;
|
||||
available = false;
|
||||
|
||||
volume = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// connect the device
|
||||
USBDevice::connect();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBAudio::read(uint8_t * buf) {
|
||||
buf_stream_in = buf;
|
||||
SOF_handler = false;
|
||||
while (!available || !SOF_handler);
|
||||
available = false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBAudio::readNB(uint8_t * buf) {
|
||||
buf_stream_in = buf;
|
||||
SOF_handler = false;
|
||||
while (!SOF_handler);
|
||||
if (available) {
|
||||
available = false;
|
||||
buf_stream_in = NULL;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBAudio::readWrite(uint8_t * buf_read, uint8_t * buf_write) {
|
||||
buf_stream_in = buf_read;
|
||||
SOF_handler = false;
|
||||
writeIN = false;
|
||||
if (interruptIN) {
|
||||
USBDevice::writeNB(EP3IN, buf_write, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
buf_stream_out = buf_write;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (!available);
|
||||
if (interruptIN) {
|
||||
while (!writeIN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (!SOF_handler);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBAudio::write(uint8_t * buf) {
|
||||
writeIN = false;
|
||||
SOF_handler = false;
|
||||
if (interruptIN) {
|
||||
USBDevice::writeNB(EP3IN, buf, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
buf_stream_out = buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (!SOF_handler);
|
||||
if (interruptIN) {
|
||||
while (!writeIN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
float USBAudio::getVolume() {
|
||||
return (mute) ? 0.0 : volume;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBAudio::EP3_OUT_callback() {
|
||||
uint32_t size = 0;
|
||||
interruptOUT = true;
|
||||
if (buf_stream_in != NULL) {
|
||||
readEP(EP3OUT, (uint8_t *)buf_stream_in, &size, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN);
|
||||
available = true;
|
||||
buf_stream_in = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
readStart(EP3OUT, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBAudio::EP3_IN_callback() {
|
||||
interruptIN = true;
|
||||
writeIN = true;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context on each start of frame
|
||||
void USBAudio::SOF(int frameNumber) {
|
||||
uint32_t size = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!interruptOUT) {
|
||||
// read the isochronous endpoint
|
||||
if (buf_stream_in != NULL) {
|
||||
if (USBDevice::readEP_NB(EP3OUT, (uint8_t *)buf_stream_in, &size, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN)) {
|
||||
if (size) {
|
||||
available = true;
|
||||
readStart(EP3OUT, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN);
|
||||
buf_stream_in = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!interruptIN) {
|
||||
// write if needed
|
||||
if (buf_stream_out != NULL) {
|
||||
USBDevice::writeNB(EP3IN, (uint8_t *)buf_stream_out, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT);
|
||||
buf_stream_out = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SOF_handler = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context
|
||||
// Set configuration. Return false if the configuration is not supported.
|
||||
bool USBAudio::USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration) {
|
||||
if (configuration != DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure isochronous endpoint
|
||||
realiseEndpoint(EP3OUT, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN, ISOCHRONOUS);
|
||||
realiseEndpoint(EP3IN, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT, ISOCHRONOUS);
|
||||
|
||||
// activate readings on this endpoint
|
||||
readStart(EP3OUT, PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context
|
||||
// Set alternate setting. Return false if the alternate setting is not supported
|
||||
bool USBAudio::USBCallback_setInterface(uint16_t interface, uint8_t alternate) {
|
||||
if (interface == 0 && alternate == 0) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (interface == 1 && (alternate == 0 || alternate == 1)) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (interface == 2 && (alternate == 0 || alternate == 1)) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context
|
||||
// Called by USBDevice on Endpoint0 request
|
||||
// This is used to handle extensions to standard requests and class specific requests.
|
||||
// Return true if class handles this request
|
||||
bool USBAudio::USBCallback_request() {
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
CONTROL_TRANSFER * transfer = getTransferPtr();
|
||||
|
||||
// Process class-specific requests
|
||||
if (transfer->setup.bmRequestType.Type == CLASS_TYPE) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Feature Unit: Interface = 0, ID = 2
|
||||
if (transfer->setup.wIndex == 0x0200) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Master Channel
|
||||
if ((transfer->setup.wValue & 0xff) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.wValue >> 8) {
|
||||
case MUTE_CONTROL:
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.bRequest) {
|
||||
case REQUEST_GET_CUR:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 1;
|
||||
transfer->ptr = &mute;
|
||||
transfer->direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case REQUEST_SET_CUR:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 1;
|
||||
transfer->notify = true;
|
||||
transfer->direction = HOST_TO_DEVICE;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case VOLUME_CONTROL:
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.bRequest) {
|
||||
case REQUEST_GET_CUR:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 2;
|
||||
transfer->ptr = (uint8_t *)&volCur;
|
||||
transfer->direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case REQUEST_GET_MIN:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 2;
|
||||
transfer->ptr = (uint8_t *)&volMin;
|
||||
transfer->direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case REQUEST_GET_MAX:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 2;
|
||||
transfer->ptr = (uint8_t *)&volMax;
|
||||
transfer->direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case REQUEST_GET_RES:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 2;
|
||||
transfer->ptr = (uint8_t *)&volRes;
|
||||
transfer->direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case REQUEST_SET_CUR:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 2;
|
||||
transfer->notify = true;
|
||||
transfer->direction = HOST_TO_DEVICE;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case REQUEST_SET_MIN:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 2;
|
||||
transfer->notify = true;
|
||||
transfer->direction = HOST_TO_DEVICE;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case REQUEST_SET_MAX:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 2;
|
||||
transfer->notify = true;
|
||||
transfer->direction = HOST_TO_DEVICE;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case REQUEST_SET_RES:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 2;
|
||||
transfer->notify = true;
|
||||
transfer->direction = HOST_TO_DEVICE;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context when a data OUT stage has been performed
|
||||
void USBAudio::USBCallback_requestCompleted(uint8_t * buf, uint32_t length) {
|
||||
if ((length == 1) || (length == 2)) {
|
||||
uint16_t data = (length == 1) ? *buf : *((uint16_t *)buf);
|
||||
CONTROL_TRANSFER * transfer = getTransferPtr();
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.wValue >> 8) {
|
||||
case MUTE_CONTROL:
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.bRequest) {
|
||||
case REQUEST_SET_CUR:
|
||||
mute = data & 0xff;
|
||||
updateVol.call();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case VOLUME_CONTROL:
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.bRequest) {
|
||||
case REQUEST_SET_CUR:
|
||||
volCur = data;
|
||||
volume = (float)volCur/(float)volMax;
|
||||
updateVol.call();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH ((1 * CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (5 * INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (1 * CONTROL_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH + 1) \
|
||||
+ (2 * INPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (1 * FEATURE_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (2 * OUTPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (2 * STREAMING_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (2 * FORMAT_TYPE_I_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (2 * (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH + 2)) \
|
||||
+ (2 * STREAMING_ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) )
|
||||
|
||||
#define TOTAL_CONTROL_INTF_LENGTH (CONTROL_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH + 1 + \
|
||||
2*INPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH + \
|
||||
FEATURE_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH + \
|
||||
2*OUTPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH)
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBAudio::configurationDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t configDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
// Configuration 1
|
||||
CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH), // wTotalLength (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH), // wTotalLength (MSB)
|
||||
0x03, // bNumInterfaces
|
||||
DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION, // bConfigurationValue
|
||||
0x00, // iConfiguration
|
||||
0x80, // bmAttributes
|
||||
50, // bMaxPower
|
||||
|
||||
// Interface 0, Alternate Setting 0, Audio Control
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0x00, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
0x00, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
AUDIO_CLASS, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
SUBCLASS_AUDIOCONTROL, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceProtocol
|
||||
0x00, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Control Interface
|
||||
CONTROL_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH + 1,// bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
CONTROL_HEADER, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
LSB(0x0100), // bcdADC (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(0x0100), // bcdADC (MSB)
|
||||
LSB(TOTAL_CONTROL_INTF_LENGTH), // wTotalLength
|
||||
MSB(TOTAL_CONTROL_INTF_LENGTH), // wTotalLength
|
||||
0x02, // bInCollection
|
||||
0x01, // baInterfaceNr
|
||||
0x02, // baInterfaceNr
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Input Terminal (Speaker)
|
||||
INPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
CONTROL_INPUT_TERMINAL, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x01, // bTerminalID
|
||||
LSB(TERMINAL_USB_STREAMING), // wTerminalType
|
||||
MSB(TERMINAL_USB_STREAMING), // wTerminalType
|
||||
0x00, // bAssocTerminal
|
||||
channel_nb_in, // bNrChannels
|
||||
LSB(channel_config_in), // wChannelConfig
|
||||
MSB(channel_config_in), // wChannelConfig
|
||||
0x00, // iChannelNames
|
||||
0x00, // iTerminal
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Feature Unit (Speaker)
|
||||
FEATURE_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
CONTROL_FEATURE_UNIT, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x02, // bUnitID
|
||||
0x01, // bSourceID
|
||||
0x01, // bControlSize
|
||||
CONTROL_MUTE |
|
||||
CONTROL_VOLUME, // bmaControls(0)
|
||||
0x00, // bmaControls(1)
|
||||
0x00, // iTerminal
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Output Terminal (Speaker)
|
||||
OUTPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
CONTROL_OUTPUT_TERMINAL, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x03, // bTerminalID
|
||||
LSB(TERMINAL_SPEAKER), // wTerminalType
|
||||
MSB(TERMINAL_SPEAKER), // wTerminalType
|
||||
0x00, // bAssocTerminal
|
||||
0x02, // bSourceID
|
||||
0x00, // iTerminal
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Input Terminal (Microphone)
|
||||
INPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
CONTROL_INPUT_TERMINAL, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x04, // bTerminalID
|
||||
LSB(TERMINAL_MICROPHONE), // wTerminalType
|
||||
MSB(TERMINAL_MICROPHONE), // wTerminalType
|
||||
0x00, // bAssocTerminal
|
||||
channel_nb_out, // bNrChannels
|
||||
LSB(channel_config_out), // wChannelConfig
|
||||
MSB(channel_config_out), // wChannelConfig
|
||||
0x00, // iChannelNames
|
||||
0x00, // iTerminal
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Output Terminal (Microphone)
|
||||
OUTPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
CONTROL_OUTPUT_TERMINAL, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x05, // bTerminalID
|
||||
LSB(TERMINAL_USB_STREAMING), // wTerminalType
|
||||
MSB(TERMINAL_USB_STREAMING), // wTerminalType
|
||||
0x00, // bAssocTerminal
|
||||
0x04, // bSourceID
|
||||
0x00, // iTerminal
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Interface 1, Alternate Setting 0, Audio Streaming - Zero Bandwith
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x01, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0x00, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
0x00, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
AUDIO_CLASS, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
SUBCLASS_AUDIOSTREAMING, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceProtocol
|
||||
0x00, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
// Interface 1, Alternate Setting 1, Audio Streaming - Operational
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x01, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0x01, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
0x01, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
AUDIO_CLASS, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
SUBCLASS_AUDIOSTREAMING, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceProtocol
|
||||
0x00, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Streaming Interface
|
||||
STREAMING_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
STREAMING_GENERAL, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x01, // bTerminalLink
|
||||
0x00, // bDelay
|
||||
LSB(FORMAT_PCM), // wFormatTag
|
||||
MSB(FORMAT_PCM), // wFormatTag
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Type I Format
|
||||
FORMAT_TYPE_I_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
STREAMING_FORMAT_TYPE, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
FORMAT_TYPE_I, // bFormatType
|
||||
channel_nb_in, // bNrChannels
|
||||
0x02, // bSubFrameSize
|
||||
16, // bBitResolution
|
||||
0x01, // bSamFreqType
|
||||
LSB(FREQ_IN), // tSamFreq
|
||||
(FREQ_IN >> 8) & 0xff, // tSamFreq
|
||||
(FREQ_IN >> 16) & 0xff, // tSamFreq
|
||||
|
||||
// Endpoint - Standard Descriptor
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH + 2, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPISO_OUT), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_ISOCHRONOUS, // bmAttributes
|
||||
LSB(PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN), // wMaxPacketSize
|
||||
MSB(PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN), // wMaxPacketSize
|
||||
0x01, // bInterval
|
||||
0x00, // bRefresh
|
||||
0x00, // bSynchAddress
|
||||
|
||||
// Endpoint - Audio Streaming
|
||||
STREAMING_ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
ENDPOINT_GENERAL, // bDescriptor
|
||||
0x00, // bmAttributes
|
||||
0x00, // bLockDelayUnits
|
||||
LSB(0x0000), // wLockDelay
|
||||
MSB(0x0000), // wLockDelay
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Interface 1, Alternate Setting 0, Audio Streaming - Zero Bandwith
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x02, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0x00, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
0x00, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
AUDIO_CLASS, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
SUBCLASS_AUDIOSTREAMING, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceProtocol
|
||||
0x00, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
// Interface 1, Alternate Setting 1, Audio Streaming - Operational
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x02, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0x01, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
0x01, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
AUDIO_CLASS, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
SUBCLASS_AUDIOSTREAMING, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceProtocol
|
||||
0x00, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Streaming Interface
|
||||
STREAMING_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
SUBCLASS_AUDIOCONTROL, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x05, // bTerminalLink (output terminal microphone)
|
||||
0x01, // bDelay
|
||||
0x01, // wFormatTag
|
||||
0x00, // wFormatTag
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Type I Format
|
||||
FORMAT_TYPE_I_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
SUBCLASS_AUDIOSTREAMING, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
FORMAT_TYPE_I, // bFormatType
|
||||
channel_nb_out, // bNrChannels
|
||||
0x02, // bSubFrameSize
|
||||
0x10, // bBitResolution
|
||||
0x01, // bSamFreqType
|
||||
LSB(FREQ_OUT), // tSamFreq
|
||||
(FREQ_OUT >> 8) & 0xff, // tSamFreq
|
||||
(FREQ_OUT >> 16) & 0xff, // tSamFreq
|
||||
|
||||
// Endpoint - Standard Descriptor
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH + 2, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPISO_IN), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_ISOCHRONOUS, // bmAttributes
|
||||
LSB(PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT), // wMaxPacketSize
|
||||
MSB(PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT), // wMaxPacketSize
|
||||
0x01, // bInterval
|
||||
0x00, // bRefresh
|
||||
0x00, // bSynchAddress
|
||||
|
||||
// Endpoint - Audio Streaming
|
||||
STREAMING_ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
ENDPOINT_GENERAL, // bDescriptor
|
||||
0x00, // bmAttributes
|
||||
0x00, // bLockDelayUnits
|
||||
LSB(0x0000), // wLockDelay
|
||||
MSB(0x0000), // wLockDelay
|
||||
|
||||
// Terminator
|
||||
0 // bLength
|
||||
};
|
||||
return configDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBAudio::stringIinterfaceDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIinterfaceDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x0c, //bLength
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, //bDescriptorType 0x03
|
||||
'A',0,'u',0,'d',0,'i',0,'o',0 //bString iInterface - Audio
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIinterfaceDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBAudio::stringIproductDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIproductDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x16, //bLength
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, //bDescriptorType 0x03
|
||||
'M',0,'b',0,'e',0,'d',0,' ',0,'A',0,'u',0,'d',0,'i',0,'o',0 //bString iProduct - Mbed Audio
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIproductDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBAudio_H
|
||||
#define USBAudio_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* These headers are included for child class. */
|
||||
#include "USBEndpoints.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDescriptor.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDevice_Types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBDevice.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* USBAudio example
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* #include "mbed.h"
|
||||
* #include "USBAudio.h"
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Serial pc(USBTX, USBRX);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // frequency: 48 kHz
|
||||
* #define FREQ 48000
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // 1 channel: mono
|
||||
* #define NB_CHA 1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // length of an audio packet: each ms, we receive 48 * 16bits ->48 * 2 bytes. as there is one channel, the length will be 48 * 2 * 1
|
||||
* #define AUDIO_LENGTH_PACKET 48 * 2 * 1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // USBAudio
|
||||
* USBAudio audio(FREQ, NB_CHA);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* int main() {
|
||||
* int16_t buf[AUDIO_LENGTH_PACKET/2];
|
||||
*
|
||||
* while (1) {
|
||||
* // read an audio packet
|
||||
* audio.read((uint8_t *)buf);
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // print packet received
|
||||
* pc.printf("recv: ");
|
||||
* for(int i = 0; i < AUDIO_LENGTH_PACKET/2; i++) {
|
||||
* pc.printf("%d ", buf[i]);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* pc.printf("\r\n");
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class USBAudio: public USBDevice {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frequency_in frequency in Hz (default: 48000)
|
||||
* @param channel_nb_in channel number (1 or 2) (default: 1)
|
||||
* @param frequency_out frequency in Hz (default: 8000)
|
||||
* @param channel_nb_out_in channel number (1 or 2) (default: 1)
|
||||
* @param vendor_id Your vendor_id
|
||||
* @param product_id Your product_id
|
||||
* @param product_release Your preoduct_release
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USBAudio(uint32_t frequency_in = 48000, uint8_t channel_nb_in = 1, uint32_t frequency_out = 8000, uint8_t channel_nb_out = 1, uint16_t vendor_id = 0x7bb8, uint16_t product_id = 0x1111, uint16_t product_release = 0x0100);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get current volume between 0.0 and 1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns volume
|
||||
*/
|
||||
float getVolume();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read an audio packet. During a frame, only a single reading (you can't write and read an audio packet during the same frame)can be done using this method. Warning: Blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf pointer on a buffer which will be filled with an audio packet
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if successfull
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool read(uint8_t * buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Try to read an audio packet. During a frame, only a single reading (you can't write and read an audio packet during the same frame)can be done using this method. Warning: Non Blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf pointer on a buffer which will be filled if an audio packet is available
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if successfull
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool readNB(uint8_t * buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an audio packet. During a frame, only a single writing (you can't write and read an audio packet during the same frame)can be done using this method.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf pointer on the audio packet which will be sent
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool write(uint8_t * buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write and read an audio packet at the same time (on the same frame)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf_read pointer on a buffer which will be filled with an audio packet
|
||||
* @param buf_write pointer on the audio packet which will be sent
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool readWrite(uint8_t * buf_read, uint8_t * buf_write);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** attach a handler to update the volume
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param function Function to attach
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void attach(void(*fptr)(void)) {
|
||||
updateVol.attach(fptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Attach a nonstatic void/void member function to update the volume
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tptr Object pointer
|
||||
* @param mptr Member function pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
void attach(T *tptr, void(T::*mptr)(void)) {
|
||||
updateVol.attach(tptr, mptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice layer. Set configuration of the device.
|
||||
* For instance, you can add all endpoints that you need on this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param configuration Number of the configuration
|
||||
* @returns true if class handles this request
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice on Endpoint0 request. Warning: Called in ISR context
|
||||
* This is used to handle extensions to standard requests
|
||||
* and class specific requests
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if class handles this request
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_request();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string product descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string product descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIproductDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string interface descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string interface descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIinterfaceDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get configuration descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the configuration descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * configurationDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice layer. Set interface/alternate of the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param interface Number of the interface to be configured
|
||||
* @param alternate Number of the alternate to be configured
|
||||
* @returns true if class handles this request
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_setInterface(uint16_t interface, uint8_t alternate);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice on Endpoint0 request completion
|
||||
* if the 'notify' flag has been set to true. Warning: Called in ISR context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In this case it is used to indicate that a HID report has
|
||||
* been received from the host on endpoint 0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf buffer received on endpoint 0
|
||||
* @param length length of this buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void USBCallback_requestCompleted(uint8_t * buf, uint32_t length);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Callback called on each Start of Frame event
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void SOF(int frameNumber);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Callback called when a packet is received
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool EP3_OUT_callback();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Callback called when a packet has been sent
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool EP3_IN_callback();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
// stream available ?
|
||||
volatile bool available;
|
||||
|
||||
// interrupt OUT has been received
|
||||
volatile bool interruptOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
// interrupt IN has been received
|
||||
volatile bool interruptIN;
|
||||
|
||||
// audio packet has been written
|
||||
volatile bool writeIN;
|
||||
|
||||
// FREQ
|
||||
uint32_t FREQ_OUT;
|
||||
uint32_t FREQ_IN;
|
||||
|
||||
// size of the maximum packet for the isochronous endpoint
|
||||
uint32_t PACKET_SIZE_ISO_IN;
|
||||
uint32_t PACKET_SIZE_ISO_OUT;
|
||||
|
||||
// mono, stereo,...
|
||||
uint8_t channel_nb_in;
|
||||
uint8_t channel_nb_out;
|
||||
|
||||
// channel config: master, left, right
|
||||
uint8_t channel_config_in;
|
||||
uint8_t channel_config_out;
|
||||
|
||||
// mute state
|
||||
uint8_t mute;
|
||||
|
||||
// Volume Current Value
|
||||
uint16_t volCur;
|
||||
|
||||
// Volume Minimum Value
|
||||
uint16_t volMin;
|
||||
|
||||
// Volume Maximum Value
|
||||
uint16_t volMax;
|
||||
|
||||
// Volume Resolution
|
||||
uint16_t volRes;
|
||||
|
||||
// Buffer containing one audio packet (to be read)
|
||||
volatile uint8_t * buf_stream_in;
|
||||
|
||||
// Buffer containing one audio packet (to be written)
|
||||
volatile uint8_t * buf_stream_out;
|
||||
|
||||
// callback to update volume
|
||||
FunctionPointer updateVol;
|
||||
|
||||
// boolean showing that the SOF handler has been called. Useful for readNB.
|
||||
volatile bool SOF_handler;
|
||||
|
||||
volatile float volume;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBAUDIO_TYPES_H
|
||||
#define USBAUDIO_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION (1)
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Request Codes
|
||||
#define REQUEST_SET_CUR 0x01
|
||||
#define REQUEST_GET_CUR 0x81
|
||||
#define REQUEST_SET_MIN 0x02
|
||||
#define REQUEST_GET_MIN 0x82
|
||||
#define REQUEST_SET_MAX 0x03
|
||||
#define REQUEST_GET_MAX 0x83
|
||||
#define REQUEST_SET_RES 0x04
|
||||
#define REQUEST_GET_RES 0x84
|
||||
|
||||
#define MUTE_CONTROL 0x01
|
||||
#define VOLUME_CONTROL 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Descriptor Sizes
|
||||
#define CONTROL_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 0x09
|
||||
#define STREAMING_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 0x07
|
||||
#define INPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 0x0C
|
||||
#define OUTPUT_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 0x09
|
||||
#define FEATURE_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 0x09
|
||||
#define STREAMING_ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 0x07
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Format Type Descriptor Sizes
|
||||
#define FORMAT_TYPE_I_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 0x0b
|
||||
|
||||
#define AUDIO_CLASS 0x01
|
||||
#define SUBCLASS_AUDIOCONTROL 0x01
|
||||
#define SUBCLASS_AUDIOSTREAMING 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Descriptor Types
|
||||
#define INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE 0x24
|
||||
#define ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE 0x25
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Control Interface Descriptor Subtypes
|
||||
#define CONTROL_HEADER 0x01
|
||||
#define CONTROL_INPUT_TERMINAL 0x02
|
||||
#define CONTROL_OUTPUT_TERMINAL 0x03
|
||||
#define CONTROL_FEATURE_UNIT 0x06
|
||||
|
||||
// USB Terminal Types
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_USB_STREAMING 0x0101
|
||||
|
||||
// Predefined Audio Channel Configuration Bits
|
||||
// Mono
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_M 0x0000
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_L 0x0001 /* Left Front */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_R 0x0002 /* Right Front */
|
||||
|
||||
// Feature Unit Control Bits
|
||||
#define CONTROL_MUTE 0x0001
|
||||
#define CONTROL_VOLUME 0x0002
|
||||
|
||||
// Input Terminal Types
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_MICROPHONE 0x0201
|
||||
|
||||
// Output Terminal Types
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_SPEAKER 0x0301
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_HEADPHONES 0x0302
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Streaming Interface Descriptor Subtypes
|
||||
#define STREAMING_GENERAL 0x01
|
||||
#define STREAMING_FORMAT_TYPE 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Data Format Type I Codes
|
||||
#define FORMAT_PCM 0x0001
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Format Types
|
||||
#define FORMAT_TYPE_I 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio Endpoint Descriptor Subtypes
|
||||
#define ENDPOINT_GENERAL 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Standard descriptor types */
|
||||
#define DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR (1)
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR (2)
|
||||
#define STRING_DESCRIPTOR (3)
|
||||
#define INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR (4)
|
||||
#define ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR (5)
|
||||
#define QUALIFIER_DESCRIPTOR (6)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Standard descriptor lengths */
|
||||
#define DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH (0x12)
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH (0x09)
|
||||
#define INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH (0x09)
|
||||
#define ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH (0x07)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*string offset*/
|
||||
#define STRING_OFFSET_LANGID (0)
|
||||
#define STRING_OFFSET_IMANUFACTURER (1)
|
||||
#define STRING_OFFSET_IPRODUCT (2)
|
||||
#define STRING_OFFSET_ISERIAL (3)
|
||||
#define STRING_OFFSET_ICONFIGURATION (4)
|
||||
#define STRING_OFFSET_IINTERFACE (5)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USB Specification Release Number */
|
||||
#define USB_VERSION_2_0 (0x0200)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Least/Most significant byte of short integer */
|
||||
#define LSB(n) ((n)&0xff)
|
||||
#define MSB(n) (((n)&0xff00)>>8)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert physical endpoint number to descriptor endpoint number */
|
||||
#define PHY_TO_DESC(endpoint) (((endpoint)>>1) | (((endpoint) & 1) ? 0x80:0))
|
||||
|
||||
/* bmAttributes in configuration descriptor */
|
||||
/* C_RESERVED must always be set */
|
||||
#define C_RESERVED (1U<<7)
|
||||
#define C_SELF_POWERED (1U<<6)
|
||||
#define C_REMOTE_WAKEUP (1U<<5)
|
||||
|
||||
/* bMaxPower in configuration descriptor */
|
||||
#define C_POWER(mA) ((mA)/2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* bmAttributes in endpoint descriptor */
|
||||
#define E_CONTROL (0x00)
|
||||
#define E_ISOCHRONOUS (0x01)
|
||||
#define E_BULK (0x02)
|
||||
#define E_INTERRUPT (0x03)
|
||||
|
||||
/* For isochronous endpoints only: */
|
||||
#define E_NO_SYNCHRONIZATION (0x00)
|
||||
#define E_ASYNCHRONOUS (0x04)
|
||||
#define E_ADAPTIVE (0x08)
|
||||
#define E_SYNCHRONOUS (0x0C)
|
||||
#define E_DATA (0x00)
|
||||
#define E_FEEDBACK (0x10)
|
||||
#define E_IMPLICIT_FEEDBACK (0x20)
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,977 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBEndpoints.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDevice.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDescriptor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//#define DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Device status */
|
||||
#define DEVICE_STATUS_SELF_POWERED (1U<<0)
|
||||
#define DEVICE_STATUS_REMOTE_WAKEUP (1U<<1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Endpoint status */
|
||||
#define ENDPOINT_STATUS_HALT (1U<<0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Standard feature selectors */
|
||||
#define DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP (1)
|
||||
#define ENDPOINT_HALT (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macro to convert wIndex endpoint number to physical endpoint number */
|
||||
#define WINDEX_TO_PHYSICAL(endpoint) (((endpoint & 0x0f) << 1) + \
|
||||
((endpoint & 0x80) ? 1 : 0))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestGetDescriptor(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("get descr: type: %d\r\n", DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(transfer.setup.wValue));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
switch (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(transfer.setup.wValue))
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
if (deviceDesc() != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((deviceDesc()[0] == DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
&& (deviceDesc()[1] == DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("device descr\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
transfer.remaining = DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH;
|
||||
transfer.ptr = deviceDesc();
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
if (configurationDesc() != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((configurationDesc()[0] == CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
&& (configurationDesc()[1] == CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("conf descr request\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Get wTotalLength */
|
||||
transfer.remaining = configurationDesc()[2] \
|
||||
| (configurationDesc()[3] << 8);
|
||||
|
||||
transfer.ptr = configurationDesc();
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case STRING_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("str descriptor\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
switch (DESCRIPTOR_INDEX(transfer.setup.wValue))
|
||||
{
|
||||
case STRING_OFFSET_LANGID:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("1\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
transfer.remaining = stringLangidDesc()[0];
|
||||
transfer.ptr = stringLangidDesc();
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case STRING_OFFSET_IMANUFACTURER:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("2\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
transfer.remaining = stringImanufacturerDesc()[0];
|
||||
transfer.ptr = stringImanufacturerDesc();
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case STRING_OFFSET_IPRODUCT:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("3\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
transfer.remaining = stringIproductDesc()[0];
|
||||
transfer.ptr = stringIproductDesc();
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case STRING_OFFSET_ISERIAL:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("4\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
transfer.remaining = stringIserialDesc()[0];
|
||||
transfer.ptr = stringIserialDesc();
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case STRING_OFFSET_ICONFIGURATION:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("5\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
transfer.remaining = stringIConfigurationDesc()[0];
|
||||
transfer.ptr = stringIConfigurationDesc();
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case STRING_OFFSET_IINTERFACE:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("6\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
transfer.remaining = stringIinterfaceDesc()[0];
|
||||
transfer.ptr = stringIinterfaceDesc();
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("interface descr\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("endpoint descr\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* TODO: Support is optional, not implemented here */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("ERROR\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBDevice::decodeSetupPacket(uint8_t *data, SETUP_PACKET *packet)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Fill in the elements of a SETUP_PACKET structure from raw data */
|
||||
packet->bmRequestType.dataTransferDirection = (data[0] & 0x80) >> 7;
|
||||
packet->bmRequestType.Type = (data[0] & 0x60) >> 5;
|
||||
packet->bmRequestType.Recipient = data[0] & 0x1f;
|
||||
packet->bRequest = data[1];
|
||||
packet->wValue = (data[2] | (uint16_t)data[3] << 8);
|
||||
packet->wIndex = (data[4] | (uint16_t)data[5] << 8);
|
||||
packet->wLength = (data[6] | (uint16_t)data[7] << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::controlOut(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Control transfer data OUT stage */
|
||||
uint8_t buffer[MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0];
|
||||
uint32_t packetSize;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check we should be transferring data OUT */
|
||||
if (transfer.direction != HOST_TO_DEVICE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read from endpoint */
|
||||
packetSize = EP0getReadResult(buffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if transfer size is valid */
|
||||
if (packetSize > transfer.remaining)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Too big */
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update transfer */
|
||||
transfer.ptr += packetSize;
|
||||
transfer.remaining -= packetSize;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if transfer has completed */
|
||||
if (transfer.remaining == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer completed */
|
||||
if (transfer.notify)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Notify class layer. */
|
||||
USBCallback_requestCompleted(buffer, packetSize);
|
||||
transfer.notify = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Status stage */
|
||||
EP0write(NULL, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
EP0read();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::controlIn(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Control transfer data IN stage */
|
||||
uint32_t packetSize;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if transfer has completed (status stage transactions */
|
||||
/* also have transfer.remaining == 0) */
|
||||
if (transfer.remaining == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (transfer.zlp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Send zero length packet */
|
||||
EP0write(NULL, 0);
|
||||
transfer.zlp = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Transfer completed */
|
||||
if (transfer.notify)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Notify class layer. */
|
||||
USBCallback_requestCompleted(NULL, 0);
|
||||
transfer.notify = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
EP0read();
|
||||
EP0readStage();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Completed */
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check we should be transferring data IN */
|
||||
if (transfer.direction != DEVICE_TO_HOST)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
packetSize = transfer.remaining;
|
||||
|
||||
if (packetSize > MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
packetSize = MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to endpoint */
|
||||
EP0write(transfer.ptr, packetSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update transfer */
|
||||
transfer.ptr += packetSize;
|
||||
transfer.remaining -= packetSize;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestSetAddress(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the device address */
|
||||
setAddress(transfer.setup.wValue);
|
||||
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.wValue == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
device.state = DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
device.state = ADDRESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestSetConfiguration(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
device.configuration = transfer.setup.wValue;
|
||||
/* Set the device configuration */
|
||||
if (device.configuration == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Not configured */
|
||||
unconfigureDevice();
|
||||
device.state = ADDRESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USBCallback_setConfiguration(device.configuration))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Valid configuration */
|
||||
configureDevice();
|
||||
device.state = CONFIGURED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestGetConfiguration(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Send the device configuration */
|
||||
transfer.ptr = &device.configuration;
|
||||
transfer.remaining = sizeof(device.configuration);
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestGetInterface(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return the selected alternate setting for an interface */
|
||||
|
||||
if (device.state != CONFIGURED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the alternate setting */
|
||||
transfer.setup.wIndex = currentInterface;
|
||||
transfer.ptr = ¤tAlternate;
|
||||
transfer.remaining = sizeof(currentAlternate);
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestSetInterface(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
if(USBCallback_setInterface(transfer.setup.wIndex, transfer.setup.wValue))
|
||||
{
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
currentInterface = transfer.setup.wIndex;
|
||||
currentAlternate = transfer.setup.wValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestSetFeature()
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (device.state != CONFIGURED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Endpoint or interface must be zero */
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.wIndex != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (transfer.setup.bmRequestType.Recipient)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DEVICE_RECIPIENT:
|
||||
/* TODO: Remote wakeup feature not supported */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT:
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.wValue == ENDPOINT_HALT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* TODO: We should check that the endpoint number is valid */
|
||||
stallEndpoint(
|
||||
WINDEX_TO_PHYSICAL(transfer.setup.wIndex));
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestClearFeature()
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (device.state != CONFIGURED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Endpoint or interface must be zero */
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.wIndex != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (transfer.setup.bmRequestType.Recipient)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DEVICE_RECIPIENT:
|
||||
/* TODO: Remote wakeup feature not supported */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT:
|
||||
/* TODO: We should check that the endpoint number is valid */
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.wValue == ENDPOINT_HALT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unstallEndpoint( WINDEX_TO_PHYSICAL(transfer.setup.wIndex));
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestGetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static uint16_t status;
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (device.state != CONFIGURED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Endpoint or interface must be zero */
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.wIndex != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (transfer.setup.bmRequestType.Recipient)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DEVICE_RECIPIENT:
|
||||
/* TODO: Currently only supports self powered devices */
|
||||
status = DEVICE_STATUS_SELF_POWERED;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case INTERFACE_RECIPIENT:
|
||||
status = 0;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT:
|
||||
/* TODO: We should check that the endpoint number is valid */
|
||||
if (getEndpointStallState(
|
||||
WINDEX_TO_PHYSICAL(transfer.setup.wIndex)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ENDPOINT_STATUS_HALT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (success)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Send the status */
|
||||
transfer.ptr = (uint8_t *)&status; /* Assumes little endian */
|
||||
transfer.remaining = sizeof(status);
|
||||
transfer.direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::requestSetup(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process standard requests */
|
||||
if ((transfer.setup.bmRequestType.Type == STANDARD_TYPE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (transfer.setup.bRequest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case GET_STATUS:
|
||||
success = requestGetStatus();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CLEAR_FEATURE:
|
||||
success = requestClearFeature();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SET_FEATURE:
|
||||
success = requestSetFeature();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SET_ADDRESS:
|
||||
success = requestSetAddress();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GET_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
success = requestGetDescriptor();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SET_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
/* TODO: Support is optional, not implemented here */
|
||||
success = false;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GET_CONFIGURATION:
|
||||
success = requestGetConfiguration();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SET_CONFIGURATION:
|
||||
success = requestSetConfiguration();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GET_INTERFACE:
|
||||
success = requestGetInterface();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SET_INTERFACE:
|
||||
success = requestSetInterface();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::controlSetup(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Control transfer setup stage */
|
||||
uint8_t buffer[MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0];
|
||||
|
||||
EP0setup(buffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialise control transfer state */
|
||||
decodeSetupPacket(buffer, &transfer.setup);
|
||||
transfer.ptr = NULL;
|
||||
transfer.remaining = 0;
|
||||
transfer.direction = 0;
|
||||
transfer.zlp = false;
|
||||
transfer.notify = false;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("dataTransferDirection: %d\r\nType: %d\r\nRecipient: %d\r\nbRequest: %d\r\nwValue: %d\r\nwIndex: %d\r\nwLength: %d\r\n",transfer.setup.bmRequestType.dataTransferDirection,
|
||||
transfer.setup.bmRequestType.Type,
|
||||
transfer.setup.bmRequestType.Recipient,
|
||||
transfer.setup.bRequest,
|
||||
transfer.setup.wValue,
|
||||
transfer.setup.wIndex,
|
||||
transfer.setup.wLength);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Class / vendor specific */
|
||||
success = USBCallback_request();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!success)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Standard requests */
|
||||
if (!requestSetup())
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("fail!!!!\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check transfer size and direction */
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.wLength>0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.bmRequestType.dataTransferDirection \
|
||||
== DEVICE_TO_HOST)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* IN data stage is required */
|
||||
if (transfer.direction != DEVICE_TO_HOST)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Transfer must be less than or equal to the size */
|
||||
/* requested by the host */
|
||||
if (transfer.remaining > transfer.setup.wLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
transfer.remaining = transfer.setup.wLength;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* OUT data stage is required */
|
||||
if (transfer.direction != HOST_TO_DEVICE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Transfer must be equal to the size requested by the host */
|
||||
if (transfer.remaining != transfer.setup.wLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No data stage; transfer size must be zero */
|
||||
if (transfer.remaining != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Data or status stage if applicable */
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.wLength>0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.bmRequestType.dataTransferDirection \
|
||||
== DEVICE_TO_HOST)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if we'll need to send a zero length packet at */
|
||||
/* the end of this transfer */
|
||||
if (transfer.setup.wLength > transfer.remaining)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Device wishes to transfer less than host requested */
|
||||
if ((transfer.remaining % MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer is a multiple of EP0 max packet size */
|
||||
transfer.zlp = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* IN stage */
|
||||
controlIn();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* OUT stage */
|
||||
EP0read();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Status stage */
|
||||
EP0write(NULL, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBDevice::busReset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
device.state = DEFAULT;
|
||||
device.configuration = 0;
|
||||
device.suspended = false;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Call class / vendor specific busReset function */
|
||||
USBCallback_busReset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBDevice::EP0setupCallback(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Endpoint 0 setup event */
|
||||
if (!controlSetup())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Protocol stall */
|
||||
EP0stall();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return true if an OUT data stage is expected */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBDevice::EP0out(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Endpoint 0 OUT data event */
|
||||
if (!controlOut())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Protocol stall; this will stall both endpoints */
|
||||
EP0stall();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBDevice::EP0in(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
printf("EP0IN\r\n");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Endpoint 0 IN data event */
|
||||
if (!controlIn())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Protocol stall; this will stall both endpoints */
|
||||
EP0stall();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::configured(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Returns true if device is in the CONFIGURED state */
|
||||
return (device.state == CONFIGURED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBDevice::connect(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Connect device */
|
||||
USBHAL::connect();
|
||||
/* Block if not configured */
|
||||
while (!configured());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBDevice::disconnect(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disconnect device */
|
||||
USBHAL::disconnect();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CONTROL_TRANSFER * USBDevice::getTransferPtr(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &transfer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::addEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maxPacket)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return realiseEndpoint(endpoint, maxPacket, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::addRateFeedbackEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maxPacket)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* For interrupt endpoints only */
|
||||
return realiseEndpoint(endpoint, maxPacket, RATE_FEEDBACK_MODE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBDevice::findDescriptor(uint8_t descriptorType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Find a descriptor within the list of descriptors */
|
||||
/* following a configuration descriptor. */
|
||||
uint16_t wTotalLength;
|
||||
uint8_t *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (configurationDesc() == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check this is a configuration descriptor */
|
||||
if ((configurationDesc()[0] != CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
|| (configurationDesc()[1] != CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wTotalLength = configurationDesc()[2] | (configurationDesc()[3] << 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check there are some more descriptors to follow */
|
||||
if (wTotalLength <= (CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH+2))
|
||||
/* +2 is for bLength and bDescriptorType of next descriptor */
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Start at first descriptor after the configuration descriptor */
|
||||
ptr = &(configurationDesc()[CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH]);
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if (ptr[1] /* bDescriptorType */ == descriptorType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Found */
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip to next descriptor */
|
||||
ptr += ptr[0]; /* bLength */
|
||||
} while (ptr < (configurationDesc() + wTotalLength));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reached end of the descriptors - not found */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USBDevice::connectStateChanged(unsigned int connected)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBDevice::suspendStateChanged(unsigned int suspended)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USBDevice::USBDevice(uint16_t vendor_id, uint16_t product_id, uint16_t product_release){
|
||||
VENDOR_ID = vendor_id;
|
||||
PRODUCT_ID = product_id;
|
||||
PRODUCT_RELEASE = product_release;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set initial device state */
|
||||
device.state = POWERED;
|
||||
device.configuration = 0;
|
||||
device.suspended = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::readStart(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maxSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return endpointRead(endpoint, maxSize) == EP_PENDING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::write(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t size, uint32_t maxSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EP_STATUS result;
|
||||
|
||||
if (size > maxSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if(!configured()) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send report */
|
||||
result = endpointWrite(endpoint, buffer, size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (result != EP_PENDING)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for completion */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
result = endpointWriteResult(endpoint);
|
||||
} while ((result == EP_PENDING) && configured());
|
||||
|
||||
return (result == EP_COMPLETED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::writeNB(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t size, uint32_t maxSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EP_STATUS result;
|
||||
|
||||
if (size > maxSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!configured()) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send report */
|
||||
result = endpointWrite(endpoint, buffer, size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (result != EP_PENDING)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
result = endpointWriteResult(endpoint);
|
||||
|
||||
return (result == EP_COMPLETED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::readEP(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t * size, uint32_t maxSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EP_STATUS result;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!configured()) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for completion */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
result = endpointReadResult(endpoint, buffer, size);
|
||||
} while ((result == EP_PENDING) && configured());
|
||||
|
||||
return (result == EP_COMPLETED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBDevice::readEP_NB(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t * size, uint32_t maxSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EP_STATUS result;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!configured()) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
result = endpointReadResult(endpoint, buffer, size);
|
||||
|
||||
return (result == EP_COMPLETED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBDevice::deviceDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t deviceDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, /* bLength */
|
||||
DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR, /* bDescriptorType */
|
||||
LSB(USB_VERSION_2_0), /* bcdUSB (LSB) */
|
||||
MSB(USB_VERSION_2_0), /* bcdUSB (MSB) */
|
||||
0x00, /* bDeviceClass */
|
||||
0x00, /* bDeviceSubClass */
|
||||
0x00, /* bDeviceprotocol */
|
||||
MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0, /* bMaxPacketSize0 */
|
||||
LSB(VENDOR_ID), /* idVendor (LSB) */
|
||||
MSB(VENDOR_ID), /* idVendor (MSB) */
|
||||
LSB(PRODUCT_ID), /* idProduct (LSB) */
|
||||
MSB(PRODUCT_ID), /* idProduct (MSB) */
|
||||
LSB(PRODUCT_RELEASE), /* bcdDevice (LSB) */
|
||||
MSB(PRODUCT_RELEASE), /* bcdDevice (MSB) */
|
||||
STRING_OFFSET_IMANUFACTURER, /* iManufacturer */
|
||||
STRING_OFFSET_IPRODUCT, /* iProduct */
|
||||
STRING_OFFSET_ISERIAL, /* iSerialNumber */
|
||||
0x01 /* bNumConfigurations */
|
||||
};
|
||||
return deviceDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBDevice::stringLangidDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringLangidDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x04, /*bLength*/
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, /*bDescriptorType 0x03*/
|
||||
0x09,0x00, /*bString Lang ID - 0x009 - English*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringLangidDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBDevice::stringImanufacturerDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringImanufacturerDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x12, /*bLength*/
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, /*bDescriptorType 0x03*/
|
||||
'm',0,'b',0,'e',0,'d',0,'.',0,'o',0,'r',0,'g',0, /*bString iManufacturer - mbed.org*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringImanufacturerDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBDevice::stringIserialDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIserialDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x16, /*bLength*/
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, /*bDescriptorType 0x03*/
|
||||
'0',0,'1',0,'2',0,'3',0,'4',0,'5',0,'6',0,'7',0,'8',0,'9',0, /*bString iSerial - 0123456789*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIserialDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBDevice::stringIConfigurationDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIconfigurationDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x06, /*bLength*/
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, /*bDescriptorType 0x03*/
|
||||
'0',0,'1',0, /*bString iConfiguration - 01*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIconfigurationDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBDevice::stringIinterfaceDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIinterfaceDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x08, /*bLength*/
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, /*bDescriptorType 0x03*/
|
||||
'U',0,'S',0,'B',0, /*bString iInterface - USB*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIinterfaceDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBDevice::stringIproductDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIproductDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x16, /*bLength*/
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, /*bDescriptorType 0x03*/
|
||||
'U',0,'S',0,'B',0,' ',0,'D',0,'E',0,'V',0,'I',0,'C',0,'E',0 /*bString iProduct - USB DEVICE*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIproductDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBDEVICE_H
|
||||
#define USBDEVICE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mbed.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDevice_Types.h"
|
||||
#include "USBHAL.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class USBDevice: public USBHAL
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
USBDevice(uint16_t vendor_id, uint16_t product_id, uint16_t product_release);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Check if the device is configured
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if configured, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool configured(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Connect a device
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void connect(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Disconnect a device
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void disconnect(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Add an endpoint
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param endpoint endpoint which will be added
|
||||
* @param maxPacket Maximum size of a packet which can be sent for this endpoint
|
||||
* @returns true if successful, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool addEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maxPacket);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Start a reading on a certain endpoint.
|
||||
* You can access the result of the reading by USBDevice_read
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param endpoint endpoint which will be read
|
||||
* @param maxSize the maximum length that can be read
|
||||
* @return true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool readStart(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maxSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Read a certain endpoint. Before calling this function, USBUSBDevice_readStart
|
||||
* must be called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param endpoint endpoint which will be read
|
||||
* @param buffer buffer will be filled with the data received
|
||||
* @param size the number of bytes read will be stored in *size
|
||||
* @param maxSize the maximum length that can be read
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool readEP(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t * size, uint32_t maxSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Read a certain endpoint.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: non blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param endpoint endpoint which will be read
|
||||
* @param buffer buffer will be filled with the data received (if data are available)
|
||||
* @param size the number of bytes read will be stored in *size
|
||||
* @param maxSize the maximum length that can be read
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool readEP_NB(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t * size, uint32_t maxSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Write a certain endpoint.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param endpoint endpoint to write
|
||||
* @param buffer data contained in buffer will be write
|
||||
* @param size the number of bytes to write
|
||||
* @param maxSize the maximum length that can be written on this endpoint
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool write(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t size, uint32_t maxSize);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Write a certain endpoint.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: non blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param endpoint endpoint to write
|
||||
* @param buffer data contained in buffer will be write
|
||||
* @param size the number of bytes to write
|
||||
* @param maxSize the maximum length that can be written on this endpoint
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool writeNB(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t size, uint32_t maxSize);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice layer on bus reset. Warning: Called in ISR context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May be used to reset state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void USBCallback_busReset(void) {};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice on Endpoint0 request. Warning: Called in ISR context
|
||||
* This is used to handle extensions to standard requests
|
||||
* and class specific requests
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if class handles this request
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_request() { return false; };
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice on Endpoint0 request completion
|
||||
* if the 'notify' flag has been set to true. Warning: Called in ISR context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In this case it is used to indicate that a HID report has
|
||||
* been received from the host on endpoint 0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf buffer received on endpoint 0
|
||||
* @param length length of this buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void USBCallback_requestCompleted(uint8_t * buf, uint32_t length) {};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice layer. Set configuration of the device.
|
||||
* For instance, you can add all endpoints that you need on this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param configuration Number of the configuration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration) { return false; };
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice layer. Set interface/alternate of the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param interface Number of the interface to be configured
|
||||
* @param alternate Number of the alternate to be configured
|
||||
* @returns true if class handles this request
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_setInterface(uint16_t interface, uint8_t alternate) { return false; };
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get device descriptor. Warning: this method has to store the length of the report descriptor in reportLength.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the device descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * deviceDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get configuration descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the configuration descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * configurationDesc(){return NULL;};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string lang id descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pointer to the string lang id descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringLangidDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string manufacturer descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string manufacturer descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringImanufacturerDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string product descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string product descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIproductDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string serial descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string serial descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIserialDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string configuration descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string configuration descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIConfigurationDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string interface descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string interface descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIinterfaceDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get the length of the report descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns length of the report descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint16_t reportDescLength() { return 0; };
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void busReset(void);
|
||||
virtual void EP0setupCallback(void);
|
||||
virtual void EP0out(void);
|
||||
virtual void EP0in(void);
|
||||
virtual void connectStateChanged(unsigned int connected);
|
||||
virtual void suspendStateChanged(unsigned int suspended);
|
||||
uint8_t * findDescriptor(uint8_t descriptorType);
|
||||
CONTROL_TRANSFER * getTransferPtr(void);
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t VENDOR_ID;
|
||||
uint16_t PRODUCT_ID;
|
||||
uint16_t PRODUCT_RELEASE;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool addRateFeedbackEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maxPacket);
|
||||
bool requestGetDescriptor(void);
|
||||
bool controlOut(void);
|
||||
bool controlIn(void);
|
||||
bool requestSetAddress(void);
|
||||
bool requestSetConfiguration(void);
|
||||
bool requestSetFeature(void);
|
||||
bool requestClearFeature(void);
|
||||
bool requestGetStatus(void);
|
||||
bool requestSetup(void);
|
||||
bool controlSetup(void);
|
||||
void decodeSetupPacket(uint8_t *data, SETUP_PACKET *packet);
|
||||
bool requestGetConfiguration(void);
|
||||
bool requestGetInterface(void);
|
||||
bool requestSetInterface(void);
|
||||
|
||||
CONTROL_TRANSFER transfer;
|
||||
USB_DEVICE device;
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t currentInterface;
|
||||
uint8_t currentAlternate;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBDEVICE_TYPES_H
|
||||
#define USBDEVICE_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Standard requests */
|
||||
#define GET_STATUS (0)
|
||||
#define CLEAR_FEATURE (1)
|
||||
#define SET_FEATURE (3)
|
||||
#define SET_ADDRESS (5)
|
||||
#define GET_DESCRIPTOR (6)
|
||||
#define SET_DESCRIPTOR (7)
|
||||
#define GET_CONFIGURATION (8)
|
||||
#define SET_CONFIGURATION (9)
|
||||
#define GET_INTERFACE (10)
|
||||
#define SET_INTERFACE (11)
|
||||
|
||||
/* bmRequestType.dataTransferDirection */
|
||||
#define HOST_TO_DEVICE (0)
|
||||
#define DEVICE_TO_HOST (1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* bmRequestType.Type*/
|
||||
#define STANDARD_TYPE (0)
|
||||
#define CLASS_TYPE (1)
|
||||
#define VENDOR_TYPE (2)
|
||||
#define RESERVED_TYPE (3)
|
||||
|
||||
/* bmRequestType.Recipient */
|
||||
#define DEVICE_RECIPIENT (0)
|
||||
#define INTERFACE_RECIPIENT (1)
|
||||
#define ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT (2)
|
||||
#define OTHER_RECIPIENT (3)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptors */
|
||||
#define DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(wValue) (wValue >> 8)
|
||||
#define DESCRIPTOR_INDEX(wValue) (wValue & 0xf)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
struct {
|
||||
uint8_t dataTransferDirection;
|
||||
uint8_t Type;
|
||||
uint8_t Recipient;
|
||||
} bmRequestType;
|
||||
uint8_t bRequest;
|
||||
uint16_t wValue;
|
||||
uint16_t wIndex;
|
||||
uint16_t wLength;
|
||||
} SETUP_PACKET;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
SETUP_PACKET setup;
|
||||
uint8_t *ptr;
|
||||
uint32_t remaining;
|
||||
uint8_t direction;
|
||||
bool zlp;
|
||||
bool notify;
|
||||
} CONTROL_TRANSFER;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {ATTACHED, POWERED, DEFAULT, ADDRESS, CONFIGURED} DEVICE_STATE;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
volatile DEVICE_STATE state;
|
||||
uint8_t configuration;
|
||||
bool suspended;
|
||||
} USB_DEVICE;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBENDPOINTS_H
|
||||
#define USBENDPOINTS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* SETUP packet size */
|
||||
#define SETUP_PACKET_SIZE (8)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Options flags for configuring endpoints */
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_OPTIONS (0)
|
||||
#define SINGLE_BUFFERED (1U << 0)
|
||||
#define ISOCHRONOUS (1U << 1)
|
||||
#define RATE_FEEDBACK_MODE (1U << 2) /* Interrupt endpoints only */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Endpoint transfer status, for endpoints > 0 */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
EP_COMPLETED, /* Transfer completed */
|
||||
EP_PENDING, /* Transfer in progress */
|
||||
EP_INVALID, /* Invalid parameter */
|
||||
EP_STALLED, /* Endpoint stalled */
|
||||
} EP_STATUS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Include configuration for specific target */
|
||||
#if defined(TARGET_LPC1768) || defined(TARGET_LPC2368)
|
||||
#include "USBEndpoints_LPC17_LPC23.h"
|
||||
#elif defined(TARGET_LPC11U24)
|
||||
#include "USBEndpoints_LPC11U.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "Unknown target type"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define NUMBER_OF_LOGICAL_ENDPOINTS (5)
|
||||
#define NUMBER_OF_PHYSICAL_ENDPOINTS (NUMBER_OF_LOGICAL_ENDPOINTS * 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define physical endpoint numbers */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Endpoint No. Type(s) MaxPacket DoubleBuffer */
|
||||
/* ---------------- ------------ ---------- --- */
|
||||
#define EP0OUT (0) /* Control 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP0IN (1) /* Control 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP1OUT (2) /* Int/Bulk/Iso 64/64/1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP1IN (3) /* Int/Bulk/Iso 64/64/1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP2OUT (4) /* Int/Bulk/Iso 64/64/1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP2IN (5) /* Int/Bulk/Iso 64/64/1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP3OUT (6) /* Int/Bulk/Iso 64/64/1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP3IN (7) /* Int/Bulk/Iso 64/64/1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP4OUT (8) /* Int/Bulk/Iso 64/64/1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP4IN (9) /* Int/Bulk/Iso 64/64/1023 Yes */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Maximum Packet sizes */
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP1 (64) /* Int/Bulk */
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP2 (64) /* Int/Bulk */
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP3 (64) /* Int/Bulk */
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP4 (64) /* Int/Bulk */
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP1_ISO (1023) /* Isochronous */
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP2_ISO (1023) /* Isochronous */
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP3_ISO (1023) /* Isochronous */
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP4_ISO (1023) /* Isochronous */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Generic endpoints - intended to be portable accross devices */
|
||||
/* and be suitable for simple USB devices. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bulk endpoint */
|
||||
#define EPBULK_OUT (EP2OUT)
|
||||
#define EPBULK_IN (EP2IN)
|
||||
/* Interrupt endpoint */
|
||||
#define EPINT_OUT (EP1OUT)
|
||||
#define EPINT_IN (EP1IN)
|
||||
/* Isochronous endpoint */
|
||||
#define EPISO_OUT (EP3OUT)
|
||||
#define EPISO_IN (EP3IN)
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK (MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP2)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT (MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP1)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPISO (MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP3_ISO)
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define NUMBER_OF_LOGICAL_ENDPOINTS (16)
|
||||
#define NUMBER_OF_PHYSICAL_ENDPOINTS (NUMBER_OF_LOGICAL_ENDPOINTS * 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define physical endpoint numbers */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Endpoint No. Type(s) MaxPacket DoubleBuffer */
|
||||
/* ---------------- ------------ ---------- --- */
|
||||
#define EP0OUT (0) /* Control 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP0IN (1) /* Control 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP1OUT (2) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP1IN (3) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP2OUT (4) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP2IN (5) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP3OUT (6) /* Isochronous 1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP3IN (7) /* Isochronous 1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP4OUT (8) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP4IN (9) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP5OUT (10) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP5IN (11) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP6OUT (12) /* Isochronous 1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP6IN (13) /* Isochronous 1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP7OUT (14) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP7IN (15) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP8OUT (16) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP8IN (17) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP9OUT (18) /* Isochronous 1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP9IN (19) /* Isochronous 1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP10OUT (20) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP10IN (21) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP11OUT (22) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP11IN (23) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP12OUT (24) /* Isochronous 1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP12IN (25) /* Isochronous 1023 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP13OUT (26) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP13IN (27) /* Interrupt 64 No */
|
||||
#define EP14OUT (28) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP14IN (29) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP15OUT (30) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
#define EP15IN (31) /* Bulk 64 Yes */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Maximum Packet sizes */
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP1 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP2 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP3 (1023)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP4 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP5 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP6 (1023)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP7 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP8 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP9 (1023)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP10 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP11 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP12 (1023)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP13 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP14 (64)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP15 (64)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Generic endpoints - intended to be portable accross devices */
|
||||
/* and be suitable for simple USB devices. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bulk endpoints */
|
||||
#define EPBULK_OUT (EP2OUT)
|
||||
#define EPBULK_IN (EP2IN)
|
||||
/* Interrupt endpoints */
|
||||
#define EPINT_OUT (EP1OUT)
|
||||
#define EPINT_IN (EP1IN)
|
||||
/* Isochronous endpoints */
|
||||
#define EPISO_OUT (EP3OUT)
|
||||
#define EPISO_IN (EP3IN)
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK (MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP2)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT (MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP1)
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPISO (MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP3)
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBBUSINTERFACE_H
|
||||
#define USBBUSINTERFACE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mbed.h"
|
||||
#include "USBEndpoints.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class USBHAL {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/* Configuration */
|
||||
USBHAL();
|
||||
~USBHAL();
|
||||
void connect(void);
|
||||
void disconnect(void);
|
||||
void configureDevice(void);
|
||||
void unconfigureDevice(void);
|
||||
void setAddress(uint8_t address);
|
||||
void remoteWakeup(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Endpoint 0 */
|
||||
void EP0setup(uint8_t *buffer);
|
||||
void EP0read(void);
|
||||
void EP0readStage(void);
|
||||
uint32_t EP0getReadResult(uint8_t *buffer);
|
||||
void EP0write(uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size);
|
||||
void EP0getWriteResult(void);
|
||||
void EP0stall(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Other endpoints */
|
||||
EP_STATUS endpointRead(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maximumSize);
|
||||
EP_STATUS endpointReadResult(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t *data, uint32_t *bytesRead);
|
||||
EP_STATUS endpointWrite(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t *data, uint32_t size);
|
||||
EP_STATUS endpointWriteResult(uint8_t endpoint);
|
||||
void stallEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint);
|
||||
void unstallEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint);
|
||||
bool realiseEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maxPacket, uint32_t options);
|
||||
bool getEndpointStallState(unsigned char endpoint);
|
||||
uint32_t endpointReadcore(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t *buffer);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void busReset(void){};
|
||||
virtual void EP0setupCallback(void){};
|
||||
virtual void EP0out(void){};
|
||||
virtual void EP0in(void){};
|
||||
virtual void connectStateChanged(unsigned int connected){};
|
||||
virtual void suspendStateChanged(unsigned int suspended){};
|
||||
virtual void SOF(int frameNumber){};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool EP1_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP1_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP2_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP2_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP3_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP3_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP4_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP4_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TARGET_LPC11U24)
|
||||
virtual bool EP5_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP5_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP6_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP6_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP7_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP7_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP8_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP8_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP9_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP9_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP10_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP10_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP11_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP11_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP12_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP12_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP13_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP13_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP14_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP14_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP15_OUT_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
virtual bool EP15_IN_callback(){return false;};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void usbisr(void);
|
||||
static void _usbisr(void);
|
||||
static USBHAL * instance;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TARGET_LPC11U24)
|
||||
bool (USBHAL::*epCallback[10 - 2])(void);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
bool (USBHAL::*epCallback[32 - 2])(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TARGET_LPC11U24
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBHAL.h"
|
||||
|
||||
USBHAL * USBHAL::instance;
|
||||
|
||||
// Valid physical endpoint numbers are 0 to (NUMBER_OF_PHYSICAL_ENDPOINTS-1)
|
||||
#define LAST_PHYSICAL_ENDPOINT (NUMBER_OF_PHYSICAL_ENDPOINTS-1)
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert physical endpoint number to register bit
|
||||
#define EP(endpoint) (1UL<<endpoint)
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert physical to logical
|
||||
#define PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint) ((endpoint)>>1)
|
||||
|
||||
// Get endpoint direction
|
||||
#define IN_EP(endpoint) ((endpoint) & 1U ? true : false)
|
||||
#define OUT_EP(endpoint) ((endpoint) & 1U ? false : true)
|
||||
|
||||
// USB RAM
|
||||
#define USB_RAM_START (0x20004000)
|
||||
#define USB_RAM_SIZE (0x00000800)
|
||||
|
||||
// SYSAHBCLKCTRL
|
||||
#define CLK_USB (1UL<<14)
|
||||
#define CLK_USBRAM (1UL<<27)
|
||||
|
||||
// USB Information register
|
||||
#define FRAME_NR(a) ((a) & 0x7ff) // Frame number
|
||||
|
||||
// USB Device Command/Status register
|
||||
#define DEV_ADDR_MASK (0x7f) // Device address
|
||||
#define DEV_ADDR(a) ((a) & DEV_ADDR_MASK)
|
||||
#define DEV_EN (1UL<<7) // Device enable
|
||||
#define SETUP (1UL<<8) // SETUP token received
|
||||
#define PLL_ON (1UL<<9) // PLL enabled in suspend
|
||||
#define DCON (1UL<<16) // Device status - connect
|
||||
#define DSUS (1UL<<17) // Device status - suspend
|
||||
#define DCON_C (1UL<<24) // Connect change
|
||||
#define DSUS_C (1UL<<25) // Suspend change
|
||||
#define DRES_C (1UL<<26) // Reset change
|
||||
#define VBUSDEBOUNCED (1UL<<28) // Vbus detected
|
||||
|
||||
// Endpoint Command/Status list
|
||||
#define CMDSTS_A (1UL<<31) // Active
|
||||
#define CMDSTS_D (1UL<<30) // Disable
|
||||
#define CMDSTS_S (1UL<<29) // Stall
|
||||
#define CMDSTS_TR (1UL<<28) // Toggle Reset
|
||||
#define CMDSTS_RF (1UL<<27) // Rate Feedback mode
|
||||
#define CMDSTS_TV (1UL<<27) // Toggle Value
|
||||
#define CMDSTS_T (1UL<<26) // Endpoint Type
|
||||
#define CMDSTS_NBYTES(n) (((n)&0x3ff)<<16) // Number of bytes
|
||||
#define CMDSTS_ADDRESS_OFFSET(a) (((a)>>6)&0xffff) // Buffer start address
|
||||
|
||||
#define BYTES_REMAINING(s) (((s)>>16)&0x3ff) // Bytes remaining after transfer
|
||||
|
||||
// USB Non-endpoint interrupt sources
|
||||
#define FRAME_INT (1UL<<30)
|
||||
#define DEV_INT (1UL<<31)
|
||||
|
||||
static volatile int epComplete = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// One entry for a double-buffered logical endpoint in the endpoint
|
||||
// command/status list. Endpoint 0 is single buffered, out[1] is used
|
||||
// for the SETUP packet and in[1] is not used
|
||||
typedef __packed struct {
|
||||
uint32_t out[2];
|
||||
uint32_t in[2];
|
||||
} EP_COMMAND_STATUS;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef __packed struct {
|
||||
uint8_t out[MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0];
|
||||
uint8_t in[MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0];
|
||||
uint8_t setup[SETUP_PACKET_SIZE];
|
||||
} CONTROL_TRANSFER;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef __packed struct {
|
||||
uint32_t maxPacket;
|
||||
uint32_t buffer[2];
|
||||
uint32_t options;
|
||||
} EP_STATE;
|
||||
|
||||
static volatile EP_STATE endpointState[NUMBER_OF_PHYSICAL_ENDPOINTS];
|
||||
|
||||
// Pointer to the endpoint command/status list
|
||||
static EP_COMMAND_STATUS *ep = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Pointer to endpoint 0 data (IN/OUT and SETUP)
|
||||
static CONTROL_TRANSFER *ct = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Shadow DEVCMDSTAT register to avoid accidentally clearing flags or
|
||||
// initiating a remote wakeup event.
|
||||
static volatile uint32_t devCmdStat;
|
||||
|
||||
// Pointers used to allocate USB RAM
|
||||
static uint32_t usbRamPtr = USB_RAM_START;
|
||||
static uint32_t epRamPtr = 0; // Buffers for endpoints > 0 start here
|
||||
|
||||
#define ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(x, m) ((((x)+((m)-1))/(m))*(m))
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMemCopy(uint8_t *dst, uint8_t *src, uint32_t size);
|
||||
void USBMemCopy(uint8_t *dst, uint8_t *src, uint32_t size) {
|
||||
if (size > 0) {
|
||||
do {
|
||||
*dst++ = *src++;
|
||||
} while (--size > 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USBHAL::USBHAL(void) {
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(USB_IRQn);
|
||||
|
||||
// fill in callback array
|
||||
epCallback[0] = &USBHAL::EP1_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[1] = &USBHAL::EP1_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[2] = &USBHAL::EP2_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[3] = &USBHAL::EP2_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[4] = &USBHAL::EP3_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[5] = &USBHAL::EP3_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[6] = &USBHAL::EP4_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[7] = &USBHAL::EP4_IN_callback;
|
||||
|
||||
// nUSB_CONNECT output
|
||||
LPC_IOCON->PIO0_6 = 0x00000001;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable clocks (USB registers, USB RAM)
|
||||
LPC_SYSCON->SYSAHBCLKCTRL |= CLK_USB | CLK_USBRAM;
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensure device disconnected (DCON not set)
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// to ensure that the USB host sees the device as
|
||||
// disconnected if the target CPU is reset.
|
||||
wait(0.3);
|
||||
|
||||
// Reserve space in USB RAM for endpoint command/status list
|
||||
// Must be 256 byte aligned
|
||||
usbRamPtr = ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(usbRamPtr, 256);
|
||||
ep = (EP_COMMAND_STATUS *)usbRamPtr;
|
||||
usbRamPtr += (sizeof(EP_COMMAND_STATUS) * NUMBER_OF_LOGICAL_ENDPOINTS);
|
||||
LPC_USB->EPLISTSTART = (uint32_t)(ep) & 0xffffff00;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reserve space in USB RAM for Endpoint 0
|
||||
// Must be 64 byte aligned
|
||||
usbRamPtr = ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(usbRamPtr, 64);
|
||||
ct = (CONTROL_TRANSFER *)usbRamPtr;
|
||||
usbRamPtr += sizeof(CONTROL_TRANSFER);
|
||||
LPC_USB->DATABUFSTART =(uint32_t)(ct) & 0xffc00000;
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup command/status list for EP0
|
||||
ep[0].out[0] = 0;
|
||||
ep[0].in[0] = 0;
|
||||
ep[0].out[1] = CMDSTS_ADDRESS_OFFSET((uint32_t)ct->setup);
|
||||
|
||||
// Route all interrupts to IRQ, some can be routed to
|
||||
// USB_FIQ if you wish.
|
||||
LPC_USB->INTROUTING = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set device address 0, enable USB device, no remote wakeup
|
||||
devCmdStat = DEV_ADDR(0) | DEV_EN | DSUS;
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = devCmdStat;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable interrupts for device events and EP0
|
||||
LPC_USB->INTEN = DEV_INT | EP(EP0IN) | EP(EP0OUT) | FRAME_INT;
|
||||
instance = this;
|
||||
|
||||
//attach IRQ handler and enable interrupts
|
||||
NVIC_SetVector(USB_IRQn, (uint32_t)&_usbisr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USBHAL::~USBHAL(void) {
|
||||
// Ensure device disconnected (DCON not set)
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = 0;
|
||||
// Disable USB interrupts
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(USB_IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::connect(void) {
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(USB_IRQn);
|
||||
devCmdStat |= DCON;
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = devCmdStat;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::disconnect(void) {
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(USB_IRQn);
|
||||
devCmdStat &= ~DCON;
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = devCmdStat;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::configureDevice(void) {
|
||||
// Not required
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::unconfigureDevice(void) {
|
||||
// Not required
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0setup(uint8_t *buffer) {
|
||||
// Copy setup packet data
|
||||
USBMemCopy(buffer, ct->setup, SETUP_PACKET_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0read(void) {
|
||||
// Start an endpoint 0 read
|
||||
|
||||
// The USB ISR will call USBDevice_EP0out() when a packet has been read,
|
||||
// the USBDevice layer then calls USBBusInterface_EP0getReadResult() to
|
||||
// read the data.
|
||||
|
||||
ep[0].out[0] = CMDSTS_A |CMDSTS_NBYTES(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0) \
|
||||
| CMDSTS_ADDRESS_OFFSET((uint32_t)ct->out);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t USBHAL::EP0getReadResult(uint8_t *buffer) {
|
||||
// Complete an endpoint 0 read
|
||||
uint32_t bytesRead;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find how many bytes were read
|
||||
bytesRead = MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0 - BYTES_REMAINING(ep[0].out[0]);
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy data
|
||||
USBMemCopy(buffer, ct->out, bytesRead);
|
||||
return bytesRead;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0readStage(void) {
|
||||
// Not required
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0write(uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size) {
|
||||
// Start and endpoint 0 write
|
||||
|
||||
// The USB ISR will call USBDevice_EP0in() when the data has
|
||||
// been written, the USBDevice layer then calls
|
||||
// USBBusInterface_EP0getWriteResult() to complete the transaction.
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy data
|
||||
USBMemCopy(ct->in, buffer, size);
|
||||
|
||||
// Start transfer
|
||||
ep[0].in[0] = CMDSTS_A | CMDSTS_NBYTES(size) \
|
||||
| CMDSTS_ADDRESS_OFFSET((uint32_t)ct->in);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
EP_STATUS USBHAL::endpointRead(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maximumSize) {
|
||||
uint8_t bf = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t flags = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//check which buffer must be filled
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPBUFCFG & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
// Double buffered
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPINUSE & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
bf = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
bf = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// if isochronous endpoint, T = 1
|
||||
if(endpointState[endpoint].options & ISOCHRONOUS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags |= CMDSTS_T;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//Active the endpoint for reading
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[bf] = CMDSTS_A | CMDSTS_NBYTES(maximumSize) \
|
||||
| CMDSTS_ADDRESS_OFFSET((uint32_t)ct->out) | flags;
|
||||
return EP_PENDING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
EP_STATUS USBHAL::endpointReadResult(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t *data, uint32_t *bytesRead) {
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t bf = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(epComplete & EP(endpoint)))
|
||||
return EP_PENDING;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
epComplete &= ~EP(endpoint);
|
||||
|
||||
//check which buffer has been filled
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPBUFCFG & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
// Double buffered (here we read the previous buffer which was used)
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPINUSE & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
bf = 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
bf = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find how many bytes were read
|
||||
*bytesRead = (uint32_t) (endpointState[endpoint].maxPacket - BYTES_REMAINING(ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[bf]));
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy data
|
||||
USBMemCopy(data, ct->out, *bytesRead);
|
||||
return EP_COMPLETED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0getWriteResult(void) {
|
||||
// Not required
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0stall(void) {
|
||||
ep[0].in[0] = CMDSTS_S;
|
||||
ep[0].out[0] = CMDSTS_S;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::setAddress(uint8_t address) {
|
||||
devCmdStat &= ~DEV_ADDR_MASK;
|
||||
devCmdStat |= DEV_ADDR(address);
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = devCmdStat;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
EP_STATUS USBHAL::endpointWrite(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t *data, uint32_t size) {
|
||||
uint32_t flags = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t bf;
|
||||
|
||||
// Validate parameters
|
||||
if (data == NULL) {
|
||||
return EP_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (endpoint > LAST_PHYSICAL_ENDPOINT) {
|
||||
return EP_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((endpoint==EP0IN) || (endpoint==EP0OUT)) {
|
||||
return EP_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (size > endpointState[endpoint].maxPacket) {
|
||||
return EP_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPBUFCFG & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
// Double buffered
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPINUSE & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
bf = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
bf = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Single buffered
|
||||
bf = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if already active
|
||||
if (ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[bf] & CMDSTS_A) {
|
||||
return EP_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if stalled
|
||||
if (ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[bf] & CMDSTS_S) {
|
||||
return EP_STALLED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy data to USB RAM
|
||||
USBMemCopy((uint8_t *)endpointState[endpoint].buffer[bf], data, size);
|
||||
|
||||
// Add options
|
||||
if (endpointState[endpoint].options & RATE_FEEDBACK_MODE) {
|
||||
flags |= CMDSTS_RF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (endpointState[endpoint].options & ISOCHRONOUS) {
|
||||
flags |= CMDSTS_T;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Add transfer
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[bf] = CMDSTS_ADDRESS_OFFSET( \
|
||||
endpointState[endpoint].buffer[bf]) \
|
||||
| CMDSTS_NBYTES(size) | CMDSTS_A | flags;
|
||||
|
||||
return EP_PENDING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
EP_STATUS USBHAL::endpointWriteResult(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
uint32_t bf;
|
||||
|
||||
// Validate parameters
|
||||
if (endpoint > LAST_PHYSICAL_ENDPOINT) {
|
||||
return EP_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (OUT_EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
return EP_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPBUFCFG & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
// Double buffered // TODO: FIX THIS
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPINUSE & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
bf = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
bf = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Single buffered
|
||||
bf = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if endpoint still active
|
||||
if (ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[bf] & CMDSTS_A) {
|
||||
return EP_PENDING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if stalled
|
||||
if (ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[bf] & CMDSTS_S) {
|
||||
return EP_STALLED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return EP_COMPLETED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::stallEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
|
||||
// FIX: should this clear active bit?
|
||||
if (IN_EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[0] |= CMDSTS_S;
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[1] |= CMDSTS_S;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[0] |= CMDSTS_S;
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[1] |= CMDSTS_S;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::unstallEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPBUFCFG & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
// Double buffered
|
||||
if (IN_EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[0] = 0; // S = 0
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[1] = 0; // S = 0
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPINUSE & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[1] = CMDSTS_TR; // S = 0, TR = 1, TV = 0
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[0] = CMDSTS_TR; // S = 0, TR = 1, TV = 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[0] = 0; // S = 0
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[1] = 0; // S = 0
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPINUSE & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[1] = CMDSTS_TR; // S = 0, TR = 1, TV = 0
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[0] = CMDSTS_TR; // S = 0, TR = 1, TV = 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Single buffered
|
||||
if (IN_EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[0] = CMDSTS_TR; // S = 0, TR = 1, TV = 0
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[0] = CMDSTS_TR; // S = 0, TR = 1, TV = 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBHAL::getEndpointStallState(unsigned char endpoint) {
|
||||
if (IN_EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPINUSE & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
if (ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[1] & CMDSTS_S) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].in[0] & CMDSTS_S) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->EPINUSE & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
if (ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[1] & CMDSTS_S) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (ep[PHY_TO_LOG(endpoint)].out[0] & CMDSTS_S) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBHAL::realiseEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maxPacket, uint32_t options) {
|
||||
uint32_t tmpEpRamPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (endpoint > LAST_PHYSICAL_ENDPOINT) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Not applicable to the control endpoints
|
||||
if ((endpoint==EP0IN) || (endpoint==EP0OUT)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate buffers in USB RAM
|
||||
tmpEpRamPtr = epRamPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Must be 64 byte aligned
|
||||
tmpEpRamPtr = ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(tmpEpRamPtr, 64);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((tmpEpRamPtr + maxPacket) > (USB_RAM_START + USB_RAM_SIZE)) {
|
||||
// Out of memory
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate first buffer
|
||||
endpointState[endpoint].buffer[0] = tmpEpRamPtr;
|
||||
tmpEpRamPtr += maxPacket;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(options & SINGLE_BUFFERED)) {
|
||||
// Must be 64 byte aligned
|
||||
tmpEpRamPtr = ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(tmpEpRamPtr, 64);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((tmpEpRamPtr + maxPacket) > (USB_RAM_START + USB_RAM_SIZE)) {
|
||||
// Out of memory
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate second buffer
|
||||
endpointState[endpoint].buffer[1] = tmpEpRamPtr;
|
||||
tmpEpRamPtr += maxPacket;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Commit to this USB RAM allocation
|
||||
epRamPtr = tmpEpRamPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Remaining endpoint state values
|
||||
endpointState[endpoint].maxPacket = maxPacket;
|
||||
endpointState[endpoint].options = options;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable double buffering if required
|
||||
if (options & SINGLE_BUFFERED) {
|
||||
LPC_USB->EPBUFCFG &= ~EP(endpoint);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Double buffered
|
||||
LPC_USB->EPBUFCFG |= EP(endpoint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable interrupt
|
||||
LPC_USB->INTEN |= EP(endpoint);
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable endpoint
|
||||
unstallEndpoint(endpoint);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::remoteWakeup(void) {
|
||||
// Clearing DSUS bit initiates a remote wakeup if the
|
||||
// device is currently enabled and suspended - otherwise
|
||||
// it has no effect.
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = devCmdStat & ~DSUS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void disableEndpoints(void) {
|
||||
uint32_t logEp;
|
||||
|
||||
// Ref. Table 158 "When a bus reset is received, software
|
||||
// must set the disable bit of all endpoints to 1".
|
||||
|
||||
for (logEp = 1; logEp < NUMBER_OF_LOGICAL_ENDPOINTS; logEp++) {
|
||||
ep[logEp].out[0] = CMDSTS_D;
|
||||
ep[logEp].out[1] = CMDSTS_D;
|
||||
ep[logEp].in[0] = CMDSTS_D;
|
||||
ep[logEp].in[1] = CMDSTS_D;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Start of USB RAM for endpoints > 0
|
||||
epRamPtr = usbRamPtr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::_usbisr(void) {
|
||||
instance->usbisr();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::usbisr(void) {
|
||||
// Start of frame
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->INTSTAT & FRAME_INT) {
|
||||
// Clear SOF interrupt
|
||||
LPC_USB->INTSTAT = FRAME_INT;
|
||||
|
||||
// SOF event, read frame number
|
||||
SOF(FRAME_NR(LPC_USB->INFO));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Device state
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->INTSTAT & DEV_INT) {
|
||||
LPC_USB->INTSTAT = DEV_INT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT & DSUS_C) {
|
||||
// Suspend status changed
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = devCmdStat | DSUS_C;
|
||||
if((LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT & DSUS) != 0) {
|
||||
suspendStateChanged(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT & DRES_C) {
|
||||
// Bus reset
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = devCmdStat | DRES_C;
|
||||
|
||||
suspendStateChanged(0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Disable endpoints > 0
|
||||
disableEndpoints();
|
||||
|
||||
// Bus reset event
|
||||
busReset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Endpoint 0
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->INTSTAT & EP(EP0OUT)) {
|
||||
// Clear EP0OUT/SETUP interrupt
|
||||
LPC_USB->INTSTAT = EP(EP0OUT);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if SETUP
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT & SETUP) {
|
||||
// Clear Active and Stall bits for EP0
|
||||
// Documentation does not make it clear if we must use the
|
||||
// EPSKIP register to achieve this, Fig. 16 and NXP reference
|
||||
// code suggests we can just clear the Active bits - check with
|
||||
// NXP to be sure.
|
||||
ep[0].in[0] = 0;
|
||||
ep[0].out[0] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear EP0IN interrupt
|
||||
LPC_USB->INTSTAT = EP(EP0IN);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear SETUP (and INTONNAK_CI/O) in device status register
|
||||
LPC_USB->DEVCMDSTAT = devCmdStat | SETUP;
|
||||
|
||||
// EP0 SETUP event (SETUP data received)
|
||||
EP0setupCallback();
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// EP0OUT ACK event (OUT data received)
|
||||
EP0out();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->INTSTAT & EP(EP0IN)) {
|
||||
// Clear EP0IN interrupt
|
||||
LPC_USB->INTSTAT = EP(EP0IN);
|
||||
|
||||
// EP0IN ACK event (IN data sent)
|
||||
EP0in();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (uint8_t num = 2; num < 5*2; num++) {
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->INTSTAT & EP(num)) {
|
||||
LPC_USB->INTSTAT = EP(num);
|
||||
epComplete |= EP(num);
|
||||
if ((instance->*(epCallback[num - 2]))()) {
|
||||
epComplete &= ~EP(num);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(TARGET_LPC1768) || defined(TARGET_LPC2368)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBHAL.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Get endpoint direction
|
||||
#define IN_EP(endpoint) ((endpoint) & 1U ? true : false)
|
||||
#define OUT_EP(endpoint) ((endpoint) & 1U ? false : true)
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert physical endpoint number to register bit
|
||||
#define EP(endpoint) (1UL<<endpoint)
|
||||
|
||||
// Power Control for Peripherals register
|
||||
#define PCUSB (1UL<<31)
|
||||
|
||||
// USB Clock Control register
|
||||
#define DEV_CLK_EN (1UL<<1)
|
||||
#define AHB_CLK_EN (1UL<<4)
|
||||
|
||||
// USB Clock Status register
|
||||
#define DEV_CLK_ON (1UL<<1)
|
||||
#define AHB_CLK_ON (1UL<<4)
|
||||
|
||||
// USB Device Interupt registers
|
||||
#define FRAME (1UL<<0)
|
||||
#define EP_FAST (1UL<<1)
|
||||
#define EP_SLOW (1UL<<2)
|
||||
#define DEV_STAT (1UL<<3)
|
||||
#define CCEMPTY (1UL<<4)
|
||||
#define CDFULL (1UL<<5)
|
||||
#define RxENDPKT (1UL<<6)
|
||||
#define TxENDPKT (1UL<<7)
|
||||
#define EP_RLZED (1UL<<8)
|
||||
#define ERR_INT (1UL<<9)
|
||||
|
||||
// USB Control register
|
||||
#define RD_EN (1<<0)
|
||||
#define WR_EN (1<<1)
|
||||
#define LOG_ENDPOINT(endpoint) ((endpoint>>1)<<2)
|
||||
|
||||
// USB Receive Packet Length register
|
||||
#define DV (1UL<<10)
|
||||
#define PKT_RDY (1UL<<11)
|
||||
#define PKT_LNGTH_MASK (0x3ff)
|
||||
|
||||
// Serial Interface Engine (SIE)
|
||||
#define SIE_WRITE (0x01)
|
||||
#define SIE_READ (0x02)
|
||||
#define SIE_COMMAND (0x05)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_CODE(phase, data) ((phase<<8)|(data<<16))
|
||||
|
||||
// SIE Command codes
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_SET_ADDRESS (0xD0)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_CONFIGURE_DEVICE (0xD8)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_SET_MODE (0xF3)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_READ_FRAME_NUMBER (0xF5)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_READ_TEST_REGISTER (0xFD)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_SET_DEVICE_STATUS (0xFE)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_GET_DEVICE_STATUS (0xFE)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_GET_ERROR_CODE (0xFF)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_READ_ERROR_STATUS (0xFB)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_SELECT_ENDPOINT(endpoint) (0x00+endpoint)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_SELECT_ENDPOINT_CLEAR_INTERRUPT(endpoint) (0x40+endpoint)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_SET_ENDPOINT_STATUS(endpoint) (0x40+endpoint)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_CLEAR_BUFFER (0xF2)
|
||||
#define SIE_CMD_VALIDATE_BUFFER (0xFA)
|
||||
|
||||
// SIE Device Status register
|
||||
#define SIE_DS_CON (1<<0)
|
||||
#define SIE_DS_CON_CH (1<<1)
|
||||
#define SIE_DS_SUS (1<<2)
|
||||
#define SIE_DS_SUS_CH (1<<3)
|
||||
#define SIE_DS_RST (1<<4)
|
||||
|
||||
// SIE Device Set Address register
|
||||
#define SIE_DSA_DEV_EN (1<<7)
|
||||
|
||||
// SIE Configue Device register
|
||||
#define SIE_CONF_DEVICE (1<<0)
|
||||
|
||||
// Select Endpoint register
|
||||
#define SIE_SE_FE (1<<0)
|
||||
#define SIE_SE_ST (1<<1)
|
||||
#define SIE_SE_STP (1<<2)
|
||||
#define SIE_SE_PO (1<<3)
|
||||
#define SIE_SE_EPN (1<<4)
|
||||
#define SIE_SE_B_1_FULL (1<<5)
|
||||
#define SIE_SE_B_2_FULL (1<<6)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set Endpoint Status command
|
||||
#define SIE_SES_ST (1<<0)
|
||||
#define SIE_SES_DA (1<<5)
|
||||
#define SIE_SES_RF_MO (1<<6)
|
||||
#define SIE_SES_CND_ST (1<<7)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USBHAL * USBHAL::instance;
|
||||
|
||||
static volatile int epComplete;
|
||||
static uint32_t endpointStallState;
|
||||
|
||||
static void SIECommand(uint32_t command) {
|
||||
// The command phase of a SIE transaction
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = CCEMPTY;
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBCmdCode = SIE_CMD_CODE(SIE_COMMAND, command);
|
||||
while (!(LPC_USB->USBDevIntSt & CCEMPTY));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void SIEWriteData(uint8_t data) {
|
||||
// The data write phase of a SIE transaction
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = CCEMPTY;
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBCmdCode = SIE_CMD_CODE(SIE_WRITE, data);
|
||||
while (!(LPC_USB->USBDevIntSt & CCEMPTY));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static uint8_t SIEReadData(uint32_t command) {
|
||||
// The data read phase of a SIE transaction
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = CDFULL;
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBCmdCode = SIE_CMD_CODE(SIE_READ, command);
|
||||
while (!(LPC_USB->USBDevIntSt & CDFULL));
|
||||
return (uint8_t)LPC_USB->USBCmdData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void SIEsetDeviceStatus(uint8_t status) {
|
||||
// Write SIE device status register
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_SET_DEVICE_STATUS);
|
||||
SIEWriteData(status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static uint8_t SIEgetDeviceStatus(void) {
|
||||
// Read SIE device status register
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_GET_DEVICE_STATUS);
|
||||
return SIEReadData(SIE_CMD_GET_DEVICE_STATUS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SIEsetAddress(uint8_t address) {
|
||||
// Write SIE device address register
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_SET_ADDRESS);
|
||||
SIEWriteData((address & 0x7f) | SIE_DSA_DEV_EN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static uint8_t SIEselectEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
// SIE select endpoint command
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_SELECT_ENDPOINT(endpoint));
|
||||
return SIEReadData(SIE_CMD_SELECT_ENDPOINT(endpoint));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static uint8_t SIEclearBuffer(void) {
|
||||
// SIE clear buffer command
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_CLEAR_BUFFER);
|
||||
return SIEReadData(SIE_CMD_CLEAR_BUFFER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void SIEvalidateBuffer(void) {
|
||||
// SIE validate buffer command
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_VALIDATE_BUFFER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void SIEsetEndpointStatus(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t status) {
|
||||
// SIE set endpoint status command
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_SET_ENDPOINT_STATUS(endpoint));
|
||||
SIEWriteData(status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static uint16_t SIEgetFrameNumber(void) __attribute__ ((unused));
|
||||
static uint16_t SIEgetFrameNumber(void) {
|
||||
// Read current frame number
|
||||
uint16_t lowByte;
|
||||
uint16_t highByte;
|
||||
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_READ_FRAME_NUMBER);
|
||||
lowByte = SIEReadData(SIE_CMD_READ_FRAME_NUMBER);
|
||||
highByte = SIEReadData(SIE_CMD_READ_FRAME_NUMBER);
|
||||
|
||||
return (highByte << 8) | lowByte;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void SIEconfigureDevice(void) {
|
||||
// SIE Configure device command
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_CONFIGURE_DEVICE);
|
||||
SIEWriteData(SIE_CONF_DEVICE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void SIEunconfigureDevice(void) {
|
||||
// SIE Configure device command
|
||||
SIECommand(SIE_CMD_CONFIGURE_DEVICE);
|
||||
SIEWriteData(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void SIEconnect(void) {
|
||||
// Connect USB device
|
||||
uint8_t status = SIEgetDeviceStatus();
|
||||
SIEsetDeviceStatus(status | SIE_DS_CON);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void SIEdisconnect(void) {
|
||||
// Disconnect USB device
|
||||
uint8_t status = SIEgetDeviceStatus();
|
||||
SIEsetDeviceStatus(status & ~SIE_DS_CON);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static uint8_t selectEndpointClearInterrupt(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
// Implemented using using EP_INT_CLR.
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBEpIntClr = EP(endpoint);
|
||||
while (!(LPC_USB->USBDevIntSt & CDFULL));
|
||||
return (uint8_t)LPC_USB->USBCmdData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void enableEndpointEvent(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
// Enable an endpoint interrupt
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBEpIntEn |= EP(endpoint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void disableEndpointEvent(uint8_t endpoint) __attribute__ ((unused));
|
||||
static void disableEndpointEvent(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
// Disable an endpoint interrupt
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBEpIntEn &= ~EP(endpoint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static volatile uint32_t __attribute__((used)) dummyRead;
|
||||
uint32_t USBHAL::endpointReadcore(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t *buffer) {
|
||||
// Read from an OUT endpoint
|
||||
uint32_t size;
|
||||
uint32_t i;
|
||||
uint32_t data = 0;
|
||||
uint8_t offset;
|
||||
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBCtrl = LOG_ENDPOINT(endpoint) | RD_EN;
|
||||
while (!(LPC_USB->USBRxPLen & PKT_RDY));
|
||||
|
||||
size = LPC_USB->USBRxPLen & PKT_LNGTH_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
offset = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (size > 0) {
|
||||
for (i=0; i<size; i++) {
|
||||
if (offset==0) {
|
||||
// Fetch up to four bytes of data as a word
|
||||
data = LPC_USB->USBRxData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// extract a byte
|
||||
*buffer = (data>>offset) & 0xff;
|
||||
buffer++;
|
||||
|
||||
// move on to the next byte
|
||||
offset = (offset + 8) % 32;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
dummyRead = LPC_USB->USBRxData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBCtrl = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((endpoint >> 1) % 3 || (endpoint >> 1) == 0) {
|
||||
SIEselectEndpoint(endpoint);
|
||||
SIEclearBuffer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void endpointWritecore(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size) {
|
||||
// Write to an IN endpoint
|
||||
uint32_t temp, data;
|
||||
uint8_t offset;
|
||||
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBCtrl = LOG_ENDPOINT(endpoint) | WR_EN;
|
||||
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBTxPLen = size;
|
||||
offset = 0;
|
||||
data = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (size>0) {
|
||||
do {
|
||||
// Fetch next data byte into a word-sized temporary variable
|
||||
temp = *buffer++;
|
||||
|
||||
// Add to current data word
|
||||
temp = temp << offset;
|
||||
data = data | temp;
|
||||
|
||||
// move on to the next byte
|
||||
offset = (offset + 8) % 32;
|
||||
size--;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((offset==0) || (size==0)) {
|
||||
// Write the word to the endpoint
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBTxData = data;
|
||||
data = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (size>0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBTxData = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear WR_EN to cover zero length packet case
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBCtrl=0;
|
||||
|
||||
SIEselectEndpoint(endpoint);
|
||||
SIEvalidateBuffer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USBHAL::USBHAL(void) {
|
||||
// Disable IRQ
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(USB_IRQn);
|
||||
|
||||
// fill in callback array
|
||||
epCallback[0] = &USBHAL::EP1_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[1] = &USBHAL::EP1_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[2] = &USBHAL::EP2_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[3] = &USBHAL::EP2_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[4] = &USBHAL::EP3_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[5] = &USBHAL::EP3_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[6] = &USBHAL::EP4_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[7] = &USBHAL::EP4_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[8] = &USBHAL::EP5_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[9] = &USBHAL::EP5_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[10] = &USBHAL::EP6_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[11] = &USBHAL::EP6_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[12] = &USBHAL::EP7_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[13] = &USBHAL::EP7_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[14] = &USBHAL::EP8_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[15] = &USBHAL::EP8_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[16] = &USBHAL::EP9_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[17] = &USBHAL::EP9_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[18] = &USBHAL::EP10_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[19] = &USBHAL::EP10_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[20] = &USBHAL::EP11_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[21] = &USBHAL::EP11_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[22] = &USBHAL::EP12_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[23] = &USBHAL::EP12_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[24] = &USBHAL::EP13_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[25] = &USBHAL::EP13_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[26] = &USBHAL::EP14_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[27] = &USBHAL::EP14_IN_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[28] = &USBHAL::EP15_OUT_callback;
|
||||
epCallback[29] = &USBHAL::EP15_IN_callback;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable power to USB device controller
|
||||
LPC_SC->PCONP |= PCUSB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable USB clocks
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBClkCtrl |= DEV_CLK_EN | AHB_CLK_EN;
|
||||
while (LPC_USB->USBClkSt != (DEV_CLK_ON | AHB_CLK_ON));
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure pins P0.29 and P0.30 to be USB D+ and USB D-
|
||||
LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 &= 0xc3ffffff;
|
||||
LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 |= 0x14000000;
|
||||
|
||||
// Disconnect USB device
|
||||
SIEdisconnect();
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure pin P2.9 to be Connect
|
||||
LPC_PINCON->PINSEL4 &= 0xfffcffff;
|
||||
LPC_PINCON->PINSEL4 |= 0x00040000;
|
||||
|
||||
// Connect must be low for at least 2.5uS
|
||||
wait(0.3);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the maximum packet size for the control endpoints
|
||||
realiseEndpoint(EP0IN, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0, 0);
|
||||
realiseEndpoint(EP0OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Attach IRQ
|
||||
instance = this;
|
||||
NVIC_SetVector(USB_IRQn, (uint32_t)&_usbisr);
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable interrupts for device events and EP0
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntEn = EP_SLOW | DEV_STAT | FRAME;
|
||||
enableEndpointEvent(EP0IN);
|
||||
enableEndpointEvent(EP0OUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USBHAL::~USBHAL(void) {
|
||||
// Ensure device disconnected
|
||||
SIEdisconnect();
|
||||
// Disable USB interrupts
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(USB_IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::connect(void) {
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(USB_IRQn);
|
||||
// Connect USB device
|
||||
SIEconnect();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::disconnect(void) {
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(USB_IRQn);
|
||||
// Disconnect USB device
|
||||
SIEdisconnect();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::configureDevice(void) {
|
||||
SIEconfigureDevice();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::unconfigureDevice(void) {
|
||||
SIEunconfigureDevice();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::setAddress(uint8_t address) {
|
||||
SIEsetAddress(address);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0setup(uint8_t *buffer) {
|
||||
endpointReadcore(EP0OUT, buffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0read(void) {
|
||||
// Not required
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0readStage(void) {
|
||||
// Not required
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t USBHAL::EP0getReadResult(uint8_t *buffer) {
|
||||
return endpointReadcore(EP0OUT, buffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0write(uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size) {
|
||||
endpointWritecore(EP0IN, buffer, size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0getWriteResult(void) {
|
||||
// Not required
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::EP0stall(void) {
|
||||
// This will stall both control endpoints
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EP0OUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
EP_STATUS USBHAL::endpointRead(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maximumSize) {
|
||||
return EP_PENDING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
EP_STATUS USBHAL::endpointReadResult(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t *bytesRead) {
|
||||
|
||||
//for isochronous endpoint, we don't wait an interrupt
|
||||
if ((endpoint >> 1) % 3 || (endpoint >> 1) == 0) {
|
||||
if (!(epComplete & EP(endpoint)))
|
||||
return EP_PENDING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*bytesRead = endpointReadcore(endpoint, buffer);
|
||||
epComplete &= ~EP(endpoint);
|
||||
return EP_COMPLETED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
EP_STATUS USBHAL::endpointWrite(uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t *data, uint32_t size) {
|
||||
if (getEndpointStallState(endpoint)) {
|
||||
return EP_STALLED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
epComplete &= ~EP(endpoint);
|
||||
|
||||
endpointWritecore(endpoint, data, size);
|
||||
return EP_PENDING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
EP_STATUS USBHAL::endpointWriteResult(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
if (epComplete & EP(endpoint)) {
|
||||
epComplete &= ~EP(endpoint);
|
||||
return EP_COMPLETED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return EP_PENDING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBHAL::realiseEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint, uint32_t maxPacket, uint32_t flags) {
|
||||
// Realise an endpoint
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = EP_RLZED;
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBReEp |= EP(endpoint);
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBEpInd = endpoint;
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBMaxPSize = maxPacket;
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(LPC_USB->USBDevIntSt & EP_RLZED));
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = EP_RLZED;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear stall state
|
||||
endpointStallState &= ~EP(endpoint);
|
||||
|
||||
enableEndpointEvent(endpoint);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::stallEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
// Stall an endpoint
|
||||
if ( (endpoint==EP0IN) || (endpoint==EP0OUT) ) {
|
||||
// Conditionally stall both control endpoints
|
||||
SIEsetEndpointStatus(EP0OUT, SIE_SES_CND_ST);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
SIEsetEndpointStatus(endpoint, SIE_SES_ST);
|
||||
|
||||
// Update stall state
|
||||
endpointStallState |= EP(endpoint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::unstallEndpoint(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
// Unstall an endpoint. The endpoint will also be reinitialised
|
||||
SIEsetEndpointStatus(endpoint, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Update stall state
|
||||
endpointStallState &= ~EP(endpoint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBHAL::getEndpointStallState(uint8_t endpoint) {
|
||||
// Returns true if endpoint stalled
|
||||
return endpointStallState & EP(endpoint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::remoteWakeup(void) {
|
||||
// Remote wakeup
|
||||
uint8_t status;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable USB clocks
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBClkCtrl |= DEV_CLK_EN | AHB_CLK_EN;
|
||||
while (LPC_USB->USBClkSt != (DEV_CLK_ON | AHB_CLK_ON));
|
||||
|
||||
status = SIEgetDeviceStatus();
|
||||
SIEsetDeviceStatus(status & ~SIE_DS_SUS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::_usbisr(void) {
|
||||
instance->usbisr();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USBHAL::usbisr(void) {
|
||||
uint8_t devStat;
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->USBDevIntSt & FRAME) {
|
||||
// Start of frame event
|
||||
SOF(SIEgetFrameNumber());
|
||||
// Clear interrupt status flag
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = FRAME;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->USBDevIntSt & DEV_STAT) {
|
||||
// Device Status interrupt
|
||||
// Must clear the interrupt status flag before reading the device status from the SIE
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = DEV_STAT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Read device status from SIE
|
||||
devStat = SIEgetDeviceStatus();
|
||||
//printf("devStat: %d\r\n", devStat);
|
||||
|
||||
if (devStat & SIE_DS_SUS_CH) {
|
||||
// Suspend status changed
|
||||
if((devStat & SIE_DS_SUS) != 0) {
|
||||
suspendStateChanged(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (devStat & SIE_DS_RST) {
|
||||
// Bus reset
|
||||
if((devStat & SIE_DS_SUS) == 0) {
|
||||
suspendStateChanged(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
busReset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->USBDevIntSt & EP_SLOW) {
|
||||
// (Slow) Endpoint Interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
// Process each endpoint interrupt
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->USBEpIntSt & EP(EP0OUT)) {
|
||||
if (selectEndpointClearInterrupt(EP0OUT) & SIE_SE_STP) {
|
||||
// this is a setup packet
|
||||
EP0setupCallback();
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
EP0out();
|
||||
}
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = EP_SLOW;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->USBEpIntSt & EP(EP0IN)) {
|
||||
selectEndpointClearInterrupt(EP0IN);
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = EP_SLOW;
|
||||
EP0in();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (uint8_t num = 2; num < 16*2; num++) {
|
||||
if (LPC_USB->USBEpIntSt & EP(num)) {
|
||||
selectEndpointClearInterrupt(num);
|
||||
epComplete |= EP(num);
|
||||
LPC_USB->USBDevIntClr = EP_SLOW;
|
||||
if ((instance->*(epCallback[num - 2]))()) {
|
||||
epComplete &= ~EP(num);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
#include "USBHAL.h"
|
||||
#include "USBHID.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USBHID::USBHID(uint8_t output_report_length, uint8_t input_report_length, uint16_t vendor_id, uint16_t product_id, uint16_t product_release, bool connect): USBDevice(vendor_id, product_id, product_release)
|
||||
{
|
||||
output_length = output_report_length;
|
||||
input_length = input_report_length;
|
||||
if(connect) {
|
||||
USBDevice::connect();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBHID::send(HID_REPORT *report)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return write(EPINT_IN, report->data, report->length, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBHID::sendNB(HID_REPORT *report)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return writeNB(EPINT_IN, report->data, report->length, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBHID::read(HID_REPORT *report)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
|
||||
bool result;
|
||||
result = USBDevice::readEP(EPINT_OUT, report->data, &bytesRead, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE);
|
||||
if(!readStart(EPINT_OUT, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
report->length = bytesRead;
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBHID::readNB(HID_REPORT *report)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
|
||||
bool result;
|
||||
result = USBDevice::readEP_NB(EPINT_OUT, report->data, &bytesRead, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE);
|
||||
report->length = bytesRead;
|
||||
if(!readStart(EPINT_OUT, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USBHID::reportDescLength() {
|
||||
reportDesc();
|
||||
return reportLength;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Route callbacks from lower layers to class(es)
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context
|
||||
// Called by USBDevice on Endpoint0 request
|
||||
// This is used to handle extensions to standard requests
|
||||
// and class specific requests
|
||||
// Return true if class handles this request
|
||||
bool USBHID::USBCallback_request() {
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
CONTROL_TRANSFER * transfer = getTransferPtr();
|
||||
uint8_t *hidDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
// Process additional standard requests
|
||||
|
||||
if ((transfer->setup.bmRequestType.Type == STANDARD_TYPE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.bRequest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case GET_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
switch (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(transfer->setup.wValue))
|
||||
{
|
||||
case REPORT_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
if ((reportDesc() != NULL) \
|
||||
&& (reportDescLength() != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
transfer->remaining = reportDescLength();
|
||||
transfer->ptr = reportDesc();
|
||||
transfer->direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HID_DESCRIPTOR:
|
||||
// Find the HID descriptor, after the configuration descriptor
|
||||
hidDescriptor = findDescriptor(HID_DESCRIPTOR);
|
||||
if (hidDescriptor != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
transfer->remaining = HID_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH;
|
||||
transfer->ptr = hidDescriptor;
|
||||
transfer->direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Process class-specific requests
|
||||
|
||||
if (transfer->setup.bmRequestType.Type == CLASS_TYPE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.bRequest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SET_REPORT:
|
||||
// First byte will be used for report ID
|
||||
outputReport.data[0] = transfer->setup.wValue & 0xff;
|
||||
outputReport.length = transfer->setup.wLength + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
transfer->remaining = sizeof(outputReport.data) - 1;
|
||||
transfer->ptr = &outputReport.data[1];
|
||||
transfer->direction = HOST_TO_DEVICE;
|
||||
transfer->notify = true;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION (1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context
|
||||
// Set configuration. Return false if the
|
||||
// configuration is not supported
|
||||
bool USBHID::USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration) {
|
||||
if (configuration != DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure endpoints > 0
|
||||
addEndpoint(EPINT_IN, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT);
|
||||
addEndpoint(EPINT_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT);
|
||||
|
||||
// We activate the endpoint to be able to recceive data
|
||||
readStart(EPINT_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBHID::stringIinterfaceDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIinterfaceDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x08, //bLength
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, //bDescriptorType 0x03
|
||||
'H',0,'I',0,'D',0, //bString iInterface - HID
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIinterfaceDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBHID::stringIproductDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIproductDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x16, //bLength
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, //bDescriptorType 0x03
|
||||
'H',0,'I',0,'D',0,' ',0,'D',0,'E',0,'V',0,'I',0,'C',0,'E',0 //bString iProduct - HID device
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIproductDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBHID::reportDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t reportDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x06, LSB(0xFFAB), MSB(0xFFAB),
|
||||
0x0A, LSB(0x0200), MSB(0x0200),
|
||||
0xA1, 0x01, // Collection 0x01
|
||||
0x75, 0x08, // report size = 8 bits
|
||||
0x15, 0x00, // logical minimum = 0
|
||||
0x26, 0xFF, 0x00, // logical maximum = 255
|
||||
0x95, input_length, // report count
|
||||
0x09, 0x01, // usage
|
||||
0x81, 0x02, // Input (array)
|
||||
0x95, output_length,// report count
|
||||
0x09, 0x02, // usage
|
||||
0x91, 0x02, // Output (array)
|
||||
0xC0 // end collection
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
reportLength = sizeof(reportDescriptor);
|
||||
return reportDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION (1)
|
||||
#define TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH ((1 * CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (1 * INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (1 * HID_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (2 * ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH))
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBHID::configurationDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t configurationDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH,// bLength
|
||||
CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH), // wTotalLength (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH), // wTotalLength (MSB)
|
||||
0x01, // bNumInterfaces
|
||||
DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION, // bConfigurationValue
|
||||
0x00, // iConfiguration
|
||||
C_RESERVED | C_SELF_POWERED, // bmAttributes
|
||||
C_POWER(0), // bMaxPower
|
||||
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0x00, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
0x02, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
HID_CLASS, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
HID_SUBCLASS_NONE, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
HID_PROTOCOL_NONE, // bInterfaceProtocol
|
||||
0x00, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
HID_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
HID_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(HID_VERSION_1_11), // bcdHID (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(HID_VERSION_1_11), // bcdHID (MSB)
|
||||
0x00, // bCountryCode
|
||||
0x01, // bNumDescriptors
|
||||
REPORT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(this->reportDescLength()), // wDescriptorLength (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(this->reportDescLength()), // wDescriptorLength (MSB)
|
||||
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPINT_IN), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_INTERRUPT, // bmAttributes
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
1, // bInterval (milliseconds)
|
||||
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPINT_OUT), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_INTERRUPT, // bmAttributes
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
1, // bInterval (milliseconds)
|
||||
};
|
||||
return configurationDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USB_HID_H
|
||||
#define USB_HID_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* These headers are included for child class. */
|
||||
#include "USBEndpoints.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDescriptor.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDevice_Types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBHID_Types.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDevice.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* USBHID example
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* #include "mbed.h"
|
||||
* #include "USBHID.h"
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USBHID hid;
|
||||
* HID_REPORT recv;
|
||||
* BusOut leds(LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* int main(void) {
|
||||
* while (1) {
|
||||
* hid.read(&recv);
|
||||
* leds = recv.data[0];
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class USBHID: public USBDevice {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param output_report_length Maximum length of a sent report (up to 64 bytes) (default: 64 bytes)
|
||||
* @param input_report_length Maximum length of a received report (up to 64 bytes) (default: 64 bytes)
|
||||
* @param vendor_id Your vendor_id
|
||||
* @param product_id Your product_id
|
||||
* @param product_release Your preoduct_release
|
||||
* @param connect Connect the device
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USBHID(uint8_t output_report_length = 64, uint8_t input_report_length = 64, uint16_t vendor_id = 0x1234, uint16_t product_id = 0x0006, uint16_t product_release = 0x0001, bool connect = true);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a Report. warning: blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param report Report which will be sent (a report is defined by all data and the length)
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool send(HID_REPORT *report);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a Report. warning: non blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param report Report which will be sent (a report is defined by all data and the length)
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool sendNB(HID_REPORT *report);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a report: blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param report pointer to the report to fill
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool read(HID_REPORT * report);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a report: non blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param report pointer to the report to fill
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool readNB(HID_REPORT * report);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
uint16_t reportLength;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get the Report descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the report descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * reportDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get the length of the report descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the length of the report descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint16_t reportDescLength();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string product descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string product descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIproductDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string interface descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string interface descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIinterfaceDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get configuration descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the configuration descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * configurationDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* HID Report received by SET_REPORT request. Warning: Called in ISR context
|
||||
* First byte of data will be the report ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param report Data and length received
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void HID_callbackSetReport(HID_REPORT *report){};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice on Endpoint0 request. Warning: Called in ISR context
|
||||
* This is used to handle extensions to standard requests
|
||||
* and class specific requests
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if class handles this request
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_request();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by USBDevice layer. Set configuration of the device.
|
||||
* For instance, you can add all endpoints that you need on this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param configuration Number of the configuration
|
||||
* @returns true if class handles this request
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
HID_REPORT outputReport;
|
||||
uint8_t output_length;
|
||||
uint8_t input_length;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBCLASS_HID_TYPES
|
||||
#define USBCLASS_HID_TYPES
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
#define HID_VERSION_1_11 (0x0111)
|
||||
|
||||
/* HID Class */
|
||||
#define HID_CLASS (3)
|
||||
#define HID_SUBCLASS_NONE (0)
|
||||
#define HID_PROTOCOL_NONE (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptors */
|
||||
#define HID_DESCRIPTOR (33)
|
||||
#define HID_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH (0x09)
|
||||
#define REPORT_DESCRIPTOR (34)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Class requests */
|
||||
#define GET_REPORT (0x1)
|
||||
#define GET_IDLE (0x2)
|
||||
#define SET_REPORT (0x9)
|
||||
#define SET_IDLE (0xa)
|
||||
|
||||
/* HID Class Report Descriptor */
|
||||
/* Short items: size is 0, 1, 2 or 3 specifying 0, 1, 2 or 4 (four) bytes */
|
||||
/* of data as per HID Class standard */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Main items */
|
||||
#define INPUT(size) (0x80 | size)
|
||||
#define OUTPUT(size) (0x90 | size)
|
||||
#define FEATURE(size) (0xb0 | size)
|
||||
#define COLLECTION(size) (0xa0 | size)
|
||||
#define END_COLLECTION(size) (0xc0 | size)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Global items */
|
||||
#define USAGE_PAGE(size) (0x04 | size)
|
||||
#define LOGICAL_MINIMUM(size) (0x14 | size)
|
||||
#define LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(size) (0x24 | size)
|
||||
#define PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(size) (0x34 | size)
|
||||
#define PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(size) (0x44 | size)
|
||||
#define UNIT_EXPONENT(size) (0x54 | size)
|
||||
#define UNIT(size) (0x64 | size)
|
||||
#define REPORT_SIZE(size) (0x74 | size)
|
||||
#define REPORT_ID(size) (0x84 | size)
|
||||
#define REPORT_COUNT(size) (0x94 | size)
|
||||
#define PUSH(size) (0xa4 | size)
|
||||
#define POP(size) (0xb4 | size)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Local items */
|
||||
#define USAGE(size) (0x08 | size)
|
||||
#define USAGE_MINIMUM(size) (0x18 | size)
|
||||
#define USAGE_MAXIMUM(size) (0x28 | size)
|
||||
#define DESIGNATOR_INDEX(size) (0x38 | size)
|
||||
#define DESIGNATOR_MINIMUM(size) (0x48 | size)
|
||||
#define DESIGNATOR_MAXIMUM(size) (0x58 | size)
|
||||
#define STRING_INDEX(size) (0x78 | size)
|
||||
#define STRING_MINIMUM(size) (0x88 | size)
|
||||
#define STRING_MAXIMUM(size) (0x98 | size)
|
||||
#define DELIMITER(size) (0xa8 | size)
|
||||
|
||||
/* HID Report */
|
||||
/* Where report IDs are used the first byte of 'data' will be the */
|
||||
/* report ID and 'length' will include this report ID byte. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE (64)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
uint32_t length;
|
||||
uint8_t data[MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE];
|
||||
} HID_REPORT;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBKeyboard.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define REPORT_ID_KEYBOARD 1
|
||||
#define REPORT_ID_VOLUME 3
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
unsigned char usage;
|
||||
unsigned char modifier;
|
||||
} KEYMAP;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef US_KEYBOARD
|
||||
/* US keyboard (as HID standard) */
|
||||
#define KEYMAP_SIZE (152)
|
||||
const KEYMAP keymap[KEYMAP_SIZE] = {
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* NUL */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SOH */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* STX */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ETX */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* EOT */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ENQ */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ACK */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* BEL */
|
||||
{0x2a, 0}, /* BS */ /* Keyboard Delete (Backspace) */
|
||||
{0x2b, 0}, /* TAB */ /* Keyboard Tab */
|
||||
{0x28, 0}, /* LF */ /* Keyboard Return (Enter) */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* VT */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* FF */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* CR */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SO */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SI */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DEL */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC1 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC2 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC3 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC4 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* NAK */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SYN */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ETB */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* CAN */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* EM */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SUB */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ESC */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* FS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* GS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* RS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* US */
|
||||
{0x2c, 0}, /* */
|
||||
{0x1e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ! */
|
||||
{0x34, KEY_SHIFT}, /* " */
|
||||
{0x20, KEY_SHIFT}, /* # */
|
||||
{0x21, KEY_SHIFT}, /* $ */
|
||||
{0x22, KEY_SHIFT}, /* % */
|
||||
{0x24, KEY_SHIFT}, /* & */
|
||||
{0x34, 0}, /* ' */
|
||||
{0x26, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ( */
|
||||
{0x27, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ) */
|
||||
{0x25, KEY_SHIFT}, /* * */
|
||||
{0x2e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* + */
|
||||
{0x36, 0}, /* , */
|
||||
{0x2d, 0}, /* - */
|
||||
{0x37, 0}, /* . */
|
||||
{0x38, 0}, /* / */
|
||||
{0x27, 0}, /* 0 */
|
||||
{0x1e, 0}, /* 1 */
|
||||
{0x1f, 0}, /* 2 */
|
||||
{0x20, 0}, /* 3 */
|
||||
{0x21, 0}, /* 4 */
|
||||
{0x22, 0}, /* 5 */
|
||||
{0x23, 0}, /* 6 */
|
||||
{0x24, 0}, /* 7 */
|
||||
{0x25, 0}, /* 8 */
|
||||
{0x26, 0}, /* 9 */
|
||||
{0x33, KEY_SHIFT}, /* : */
|
||||
{0x33, 0}, /* ; */
|
||||
{0x36, KEY_SHIFT}, /* < */
|
||||
{0x2e, 0}, /* = */
|
||||
{0x37, KEY_SHIFT}, /* > */
|
||||
{0x38, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ? */
|
||||
{0x1f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* @ */
|
||||
{0x04, KEY_SHIFT}, /* A */
|
||||
{0x05, KEY_SHIFT}, /* B */
|
||||
{0x06, KEY_SHIFT}, /* C */
|
||||
{0x07, KEY_SHIFT}, /* D */
|
||||
{0x08, KEY_SHIFT}, /* E */
|
||||
{0x09, KEY_SHIFT}, /* F */
|
||||
{0x0a, KEY_SHIFT}, /* G */
|
||||
{0x0b, KEY_SHIFT}, /* H */
|
||||
{0x0c, KEY_SHIFT}, /* I */
|
||||
{0x0d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* J */
|
||||
{0x0e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* K */
|
||||
{0x0f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* L */
|
||||
{0x10, KEY_SHIFT}, /* M */
|
||||
{0x11, KEY_SHIFT}, /* N */
|
||||
{0x12, KEY_SHIFT}, /* O */
|
||||
{0x13, KEY_SHIFT}, /* P */
|
||||
{0x14, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Q */
|
||||
{0x15, KEY_SHIFT}, /* R */
|
||||
{0x16, KEY_SHIFT}, /* S */
|
||||
{0x17, KEY_SHIFT}, /* T */
|
||||
{0x18, KEY_SHIFT}, /* U */
|
||||
{0x19, KEY_SHIFT}, /* V */
|
||||
{0x1a, KEY_SHIFT}, /* W */
|
||||
{0x1b, KEY_SHIFT}, /* X */
|
||||
{0x1c, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Y */
|
||||
{0x1d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Z */
|
||||
{0x2f, 0}, /* [ */
|
||||
{0x31, 0}, /* \ */
|
||||
{0x30, 0}, /* ] */
|
||||
{0x23, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ^ */
|
||||
{0x2d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* _ */
|
||||
{0x35, 0}, /* ` */
|
||||
{0x04, 0}, /* a */
|
||||
{0x05, 0}, /* b */
|
||||
{0x06, 0}, /* c */
|
||||
{0x07, 0}, /* d */
|
||||
{0x08, 0}, /* e */
|
||||
{0x09, 0}, /* f */
|
||||
{0x0a, 0}, /* g */
|
||||
{0x0b, 0}, /* h */
|
||||
{0x0c, 0}, /* i */
|
||||
{0x0d, 0}, /* j */
|
||||
{0x0e, 0}, /* k */
|
||||
{0x0f, 0}, /* l */
|
||||
{0x10, 0}, /* m */
|
||||
{0x11, 0}, /* n */
|
||||
{0x12, 0}, /* o */
|
||||
{0x13, 0}, /* p */
|
||||
{0x14, 0}, /* q */
|
||||
{0x15, 0}, /* r */
|
||||
{0x16, 0}, /* s */
|
||||
{0x17, 0}, /* t */
|
||||
{0x18, 0}, /* u */
|
||||
{0x19, 0}, /* v */
|
||||
{0x1a, 0}, /* w */
|
||||
{0x1b, 0}, /* x */
|
||||
{0x1c, 0}, /* y */
|
||||
{0x1d, 0}, /* z */
|
||||
{0x2f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* { */
|
||||
{0x31, KEY_SHIFT}, /* | */
|
||||
{0x30, KEY_SHIFT}, /* } */
|
||||
{0x35, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ~ */
|
||||
{0,0}, /* DEL */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x3a, 0}, /* F1 */
|
||||
{0x3b, 0}, /* F2 */
|
||||
{0x3c, 0}, /* F3 */
|
||||
{0x3d, 0}, /* F4 */
|
||||
{0x3e, 0}, /* F5 */
|
||||
{0x3f, 0}, /* F6 */
|
||||
{0x40, 0}, /* F7 */
|
||||
{0x41, 0}, /* F8 */
|
||||
{0x42, 0}, /* F9 */
|
||||
{0x43, 0}, /* F10 */
|
||||
{0x44, 0}, /* F11 */
|
||||
{0x45, 0}, /* F12 */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x46, 0}, /* PRINT_SCREEN */
|
||||
{0x47, 0}, /* SCROLL_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x39, 0}, /* CAPS_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x53, 0}, /* NUM_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x49, 0}, /* INSERT */
|
||||
{0x4a, 0}, /* HOME */
|
||||
{0x4b, 0}, /* PAGE_UP */
|
||||
{0x4e, 0}, /* PAGE_DOWN */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x4f, 0}, /* RIGHT_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x50, 0}, /* LEFT_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x51, 0}, /* DOWN_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x52, 0}, /* UP_ARROW */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* UK keyboard */
|
||||
#define KEYMAP_SIZE (152)
|
||||
const KEYMAP keymap[KEYMAP_SIZE] = {
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* NUL */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SOH */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* STX */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ETX */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* EOT */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ENQ */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ACK */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* BEL */
|
||||
{0x2a, 0}, /* BS */ /* Keyboard Delete (Backspace) */
|
||||
{0x2b, 0}, /* TAB */ /* Keyboard Tab */
|
||||
{0x28, 0}, /* LF */ /* Keyboard Return (Enter) */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* VT */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* FF */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* CR */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SO */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SI */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DEL */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC1 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC2 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC3 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC4 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* NAK */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SYN */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ETB */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* CAN */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* EM */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SUB */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ESC */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* FS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* GS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* RS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* US */
|
||||
{0x2c, 0}, /* */
|
||||
{0x1e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ! */
|
||||
{0x1f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* " */
|
||||
{0x32, 0}, /* # */
|
||||
{0x21, KEY_SHIFT}, /* $ */
|
||||
{0x22, KEY_SHIFT}, /* % */
|
||||
{0x24, KEY_SHIFT}, /* & */
|
||||
{0x34, 0}, /* ' */
|
||||
{0x26, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ( */
|
||||
{0x27, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ) */
|
||||
{0x25, KEY_SHIFT}, /* * */
|
||||
{0x2e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* + */
|
||||
{0x36, 0}, /* , */
|
||||
{0x2d, 0}, /* - */
|
||||
{0x37, 0}, /* . */
|
||||
{0x38, 0}, /* / */
|
||||
{0x27, 0}, /* 0 */
|
||||
{0x1e, 0}, /* 1 */
|
||||
{0x1f, 0}, /* 2 */
|
||||
{0x20, 0}, /* 3 */
|
||||
{0x21, 0}, /* 4 */
|
||||
{0x22, 0}, /* 5 */
|
||||
{0x23, 0}, /* 6 */
|
||||
{0x24, 0}, /* 7 */
|
||||
{0x25, 0}, /* 8 */
|
||||
{0x26, 0}, /* 9 */
|
||||
{0x33, KEY_SHIFT}, /* : */
|
||||
{0x33, 0}, /* ; */
|
||||
{0x36, KEY_SHIFT}, /* < */
|
||||
{0x2e, 0}, /* = */
|
||||
{0x37, KEY_SHIFT}, /* > */
|
||||
{0x38, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ? */
|
||||
{0x34, KEY_SHIFT}, /* @ */
|
||||
{0x04, KEY_SHIFT}, /* A */
|
||||
{0x05, KEY_SHIFT}, /* B */
|
||||
{0x06, KEY_SHIFT}, /* C */
|
||||
{0x07, KEY_SHIFT}, /* D */
|
||||
{0x08, KEY_SHIFT}, /* E */
|
||||
{0x09, KEY_SHIFT}, /* F */
|
||||
{0x0a, KEY_SHIFT}, /* G */
|
||||
{0x0b, KEY_SHIFT}, /* H */
|
||||
{0x0c, KEY_SHIFT}, /* I */
|
||||
{0x0d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* J */
|
||||
{0x0e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* K */
|
||||
{0x0f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* L */
|
||||
{0x10, KEY_SHIFT}, /* M */
|
||||
{0x11, KEY_SHIFT}, /* N */
|
||||
{0x12, KEY_SHIFT}, /* O */
|
||||
{0x13, KEY_SHIFT}, /* P */
|
||||
{0x14, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Q */
|
||||
{0x15, KEY_SHIFT}, /* R */
|
||||
{0x16, KEY_SHIFT}, /* S */
|
||||
{0x17, KEY_SHIFT}, /* T */
|
||||
{0x18, KEY_SHIFT}, /* U */
|
||||
{0x19, KEY_SHIFT}, /* V */
|
||||
{0x1a, KEY_SHIFT}, /* W */
|
||||
{0x1b, KEY_SHIFT}, /* X */
|
||||
{0x1c, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Y */
|
||||
{0x1d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Z */
|
||||
{0x2f, 0}, /* [ */
|
||||
{0x64, 0}, /* \ */
|
||||
{0x30, 0}, /* ] */
|
||||
{0x23, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ^ */
|
||||
{0x2d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* _ */
|
||||
{0x35, 0}, /* ` */
|
||||
{0x04, 0}, /* a */
|
||||
{0x05, 0}, /* b */
|
||||
{0x06, 0}, /* c */
|
||||
{0x07, 0}, /* d */
|
||||
{0x08, 0}, /* e */
|
||||
{0x09, 0}, /* f */
|
||||
{0x0a, 0}, /* g */
|
||||
{0x0b, 0}, /* h */
|
||||
{0x0c, 0}, /* i */
|
||||
{0x0d, 0}, /* j */
|
||||
{0x0e, 0}, /* k */
|
||||
{0x0f, 0}, /* l */
|
||||
{0x10, 0}, /* m */
|
||||
{0x11, 0}, /* n */
|
||||
{0x12, 0}, /* o */
|
||||
{0x13, 0}, /* p */
|
||||
{0x14, 0}, /* q */
|
||||
{0x15, 0}, /* r */
|
||||
{0x16, 0}, /* s */
|
||||
{0x17, 0}, /* t */
|
||||
{0x18, 0}, /* u */
|
||||
{0x19, 0}, /* v */
|
||||
{0x1a, 0}, /* w */
|
||||
{0x1b, 0}, /* x */
|
||||
{0x1c, 0}, /* y */
|
||||
{0x1d, 0}, /* z */
|
||||
{0x2f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* { */
|
||||
{0x64, KEY_SHIFT}, /* | */
|
||||
{0x30, KEY_SHIFT}, /* } */
|
||||
{0x32, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ~ */
|
||||
{0,0}, /* DEL */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x3a, 0}, /* F1 */
|
||||
{0x3b, 0}, /* F2 */
|
||||
{0x3c, 0}, /* F3 */
|
||||
{0x3d, 0}, /* F4 */
|
||||
{0x3e, 0}, /* F5 */
|
||||
{0x3f, 0}, /* F6 */
|
||||
{0x40, 0}, /* F7 */
|
||||
{0x41, 0}, /* F8 */
|
||||
{0x42, 0}, /* F9 */
|
||||
{0x43, 0}, /* F10 */
|
||||
{0x44, 0}, /* F11 */
|
||||
{0x45, 0}, /* F12 */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x46, 0}, /* PRINT_SCREEN */
|
||||
{0x47, 0}, /* SCROLL_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x39, 0}, /* CAPS_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x53, 0}, /* NUM_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x49, 0}, /* INSERT */
|
||||
{0x4a, 0}, /* HOME */
|
||||
{0x4b, 0}, /* PAGE_UP */
|
||||
{0x4e, 0}, /* PAGE_DOWN */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x4f, 0}, /* RIGHT_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x50, 0}, /* LEFT_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x51, 0}, /* DOWN_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x52, 0}, /* UP_ARROW */
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBKeyboard::reportDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t reportDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01, // Generic Desktop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x06, // Keyboard
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01, // Application
|
||||
REPORT_ID(1), REPORT_ID_KEYBOARD,
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x07, // Key Codes
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0xE0,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0xE7,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x08,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02, // Data, Variable, Absolute
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01, // Constant
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x05,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x08, // LEDs
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0x05,
|
||||
OUTPUT(1), 0x02, // Data, Variable, Absolute
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x03,
|
||||
OUTPUT(1), 0x01, // Constant
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x06,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x65,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x07, // Key Codes
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0x65,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x00, // Data, Array
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
|
||||
// Media Control
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x0C,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_ID(1), REPORT_ID_VOLUME,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x0C,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x07,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xB5, // Next Track
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xB6, // Previous Track
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xB7, // Stop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xCD, // Play / Pause
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xE2, // Mute
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xE9, // Volume Up
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xEA, // Volume Down
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02, // Input (Data, Variable, Absolute)
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
};
|
||||
reportLength = sizeof(reportDescriptor);
|
||||
return reportDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBKeyboard::EP1_OUT_callback() {
|
||||
uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
|
||||
uint8_t led[65];
|
||||
USBDevice::readEP(EPINT_OUT, led, &bytesRead, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
// we take led[1] because led[0] is the report ID
|
||||
lock_status = led[1] & 0x07;
|
||||
|
||||
// We activate the endpoint to be able to recceive data
|
||||
if (!readStart(EPINT_OUT, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t USBKeyboard::lockStatus() {
|
||||
return lock_status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int USBKeyboard::_putc(int c) {
|
||||
return keyCode(c, keymap[c].modifier);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBKeyboard::keyCode(uint8_t key, uint8_t modifier) {
|
||||
// Send a simulated keyboard keypress. Returns true if successful.
|
||||
HID_REPORT report;
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[0] = REPORT_ID_KEYBOARD;
|
||||
report.data[1] = modifier;
|
||||
report.data[2] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[3] = keymap[key].usage;
|
||||
report.data[4] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[5] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[6] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[7] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[8] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 9;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!send(&report)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[1] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[3] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!send(&report)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBKeyboard::mediaControl(MEDIA_KEY key) {
|
||||
HID_REPORT report;
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[0] = REPORT_ID_VOLUME;
|
||||
report.data[1] = (1 << key) & 0x7f;
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!send(&report)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[0] = REPORT_ID_VOLUME;
|
||||
report.data[1] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
return send(&report);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION (1)
|
||||
#define TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH ((1 * CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (1 * INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (1 * HID_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (2 * ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH))
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBKeyboard::configurationDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t configurationDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH,// bLength
|
||||
CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH), // wTotalLength (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH), // wTotalLength (MSB)
|
||||
0x01, // bNumInterfaces
|
||||
DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION, // bConfigurationValue
|
||||
0x00, // iConfiguration
|
||||
C_RESERVED | C_SELF_POWERED, // bmAttributes
|
||||
C_POWER(0), // bMaxPowerHello World from Mbed
|
||||
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0x00, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
0x02, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
HID_CLASS, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
1, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
1, // bInterfaceProtocol (keyboard)
|
||||
0x00, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
HID_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
HID_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(HID_VERSION_1_11), // bcdHID (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(HID_VERSION_1_11), // bcdHID (MSB)
|
||||
0x00, // bCountryCode
|
||||
0x01, // bNumDescriptors
|
||||
REPORT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(reportDescLength()), // wDescriptorLength (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(reportDescLength()), // wDescriptorLength (MSB)
|
||||
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPINT_IN), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_INTERRUPT, // bmAttributes
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
1, // bInterval (milliseconds)
|
||||
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPINT_OUT), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_INTERRUPT, // bmAttributes
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
1, // bInterval (milliseconds)
|
||||
};
|
||||
return configurationDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBKEYBOARD_H
|
||||
#define USBKEYBOARD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBHID.h"
|
||||
#include "Stream.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Modifiers */
|
||||
enum MODIFIER_KEY {
|
||||
KEY_CTRL = 1,
|
||||
KEY_SHIFT = 2,
|
||||
KEY_ALT = 4,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
enum MEDIA_KEY {
|
||||
KEY_NEXT_TRACK, /*!< next Track Button */
|
||||
KEY_PREVIOUS_TRACK, /*!< Previous track Button */
|
||||
KEY_STOP, /*!< Stop Button */
|
||||
KEY_PLAY_PAUSE, /*!< Play/Pause Button */
|
||||
KEY_MUTE, /*!< Mute Button */
|
||||
KEY_VOLUME_UP, /*!< Volume Up Button */
|
||||
KEY_VOLUME_DOWN, /*!< Volume Down Button */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum FUNCTION_KEY {
|
||||
KEY_F1 = 128, /* F1 key */
|
||||
KEY_F2, /* F2 key */
|
||||
KEY_F3, /* F3 key */
|
||||
KEY_F4, /* F4 key */
|
||||
KEY_F5, /* F5 key */
|
||||
KEY_F6, /* F6 key */
|
||||
KEY_F7, /* F7 key */
|
||||
KEY_F8, /* F8 key */
|
||||
KEY_F9, /* F9 key */
|
||||
KEY_F10, /* F10 key */
|
||||
KEY_F11, /* F11 key */
|
||||
KEY_F12, /* F12 key */
|
||||
|
||||
KEY_PRINT_SCREEN, /* Print Screen key */
|
||||
KEY_SCROLL_LOCK, /* Scroll lock */
|
||||
KEY_CAPS_LOCK, /* caps lock */
|
||||
KEY_NUM_LOCK, /* num lock */
|
||||
KEY_INSERT, /* Insert key */
|
||||
KEY_HOME, /* Home key */
|
||||
KEY_PAGE_UP, /* Page Up key */
|
||||
KEY_PAGE_DOWN, /* Page Down key */
|
||||
|
||||
RIGHT_ARROW, /* Right arrow */
|
||||
LEFT_ARROW, /* Left arrow */
|
||||
DOWN_ARROW, /* Down arrow */
|
||||
UP_ARROW, /* Up arrow */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* USBKeyboard example
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #include "mbed.h"
|
||||
* #include "USBKeyboard.h"
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USBKeyboard key;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* int main(void)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* while (1)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* key.printf("Hello World\r\n");
|
||||
* wait(1);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class USBKeyboard: public USBHID, public Stream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param leds Leds bus: first: NUM_LOCK, second: CAPS_LOCK, third: SCROLL_LOCK
|
||||
* @param vendor_id Your vendor_id (default: 0x1235)
|
||||
* @param product_id Your product_id (default: 0x0050)
|
||||
* @param product_release Your preoduct_release (default: 0x0001)
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USBKeyboard(uint16_t vendor_id = 0x1235, uint16_t product_id = 0x0050, uint16_t product_release = 0x0001):
|
||||
USBHID(0, 0, vendor_id, product_id, product_release, false) {
|
||||
lock_status = 0;
|
||||
connect();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* To send a character defined by a modifier(CTRL, SHIFT, ALT) and the key
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* //To send CTRL + s (save)
|
||||
* keyboard.keyCode('s', KEY_CTRL);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param modifier bit 0: KEY_CTRL, bit 1: KEY_SHIFT, bit 2: KEY_ALT (default: 0)
|
||||
* @param key character to send
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool keyCode(uint8_t key, uint8_t modifier = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a character
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c character to be sent
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual int _putc(int c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Control media keys
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param key media key pressed (KEY_NEXT_TRACK, KEY_PREVIOUS_TRACK, KEY_STOP, KEY_PLAY_PAUSE, KEY_MUTE, KEY_VOLUME_UP, KEY_VOLUME_DOWN)
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool mediaControl(MEDIA_KEY key);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* To define the report descriptor. Warning: this method has to store the length of the report descriptor in reportLength.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the report descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * reportDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called when a data is received on the OUT endpoint. Useful to switch on LED of LOCK keys
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns if handle by subclass, return true
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool EP1_OUT_callback();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read status of lock keys. Useful to switch-on/off leds according to key pressed. Only the first three bits of the result is important:
|
||||
* - First bit: NUM_LOCK
|
||||
* - Second bit: CAPS_LOCK
|
||||
* - Third bit: SCROLL_LOCK
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns status of lock keys
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t lockStatus();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get configuration descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the configuration descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * configurationDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
//dummy otherwise it doesn,t compile (we must define all methods of an abstract class)
|
||||
virtual int _getc() {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t lock_status;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
#include "USBMouse.h"
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouse::update(int16_t x, int16_t y, uint8_t button, int8_t z) {
|
||||
switch (mouse_type) {
|
||||
case REL_MOUSE:
|
||||
while (x > 127) {
|
||||
if (!mouseSend(127, 0, button, z)) return false;
|
||||
x = x - 127;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (x < -128) {
|
||||
if (!mouseSend(-128, 0, button, z)) return false;
|
||||
x = x + 128;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (y > 127) {
|
||||
if (!mouseSend(0, 127, button, z)) return false;
|
||||
y = y - 127;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (y < -128) {
|
||||
if (!mouseSend(0, -128, button, z)) return false;
|
||||
y = y + 128;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return mouseSend(x, y, button, z);
|
||||
case ABS_MOUSE:
|
||||
HID_REPORT report;
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[0] = x & 0xff;
|
||||
report.data[1] = (x >> 8) & 0xff;
|
||||
report.data[2] = y & 0xff;
|
||||
report.data[3] = (y >> 8) & 0xff;
|
||||
report.data[4] = -z;
|
||||
report.data[5] = button & 0x07;
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 6;
|
||||
|
||||
return send(&report);
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouse::mouseSend(int8_t x, int8_t y, uint8_t buttons, int8_t z) {
|
||||
HID_REPORT report;
|
||||
report.data[0] = buttons & 0x07;
|
||||
report.data[1] = x;
|
||||
report.data[2] = y;
|
||||
report.data[3] = -z; // >0 to scroll down, <0 to scroll up
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 4;
|
||||
|
||||
return send(&report);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouse::move(int16_t x, int16_t y) {
|
||||
return update(x, y, button, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouse::scroll(int8_t z) {
|
||||
return update(0, 0, button, z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouse::doubleClick() {
|
||||
if (!click(MOUSE_LEFT))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
wait(0.1);
|
||||
return click(MOUSE_LEFT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouse::click(uint8_t button) {
|
||||
if (!update(0, 0, button, 0))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
wait(0.01);
|
||||
return update(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouse::press(uint8_t button_) {
|
||||
button = button_ & 0x07;
|
||||
return update(0, 0, button, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouse::release(uint8_t button_) {
|
||||
button = (button & (~button_)) & 0x07;
|
||||
return update(0, 0, button, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBMouse::reportDesc() {
|
||||
|
||||
if (mouse_type == REL_MOUSE) {
|
||||
static uint8_t reportDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01, // Genric Desktop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x02, // Mouse
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01, // Application
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x01, // Pointer
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x00, // Physical
|
||||
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x03,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x09, // Buttons
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x1,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0x3,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x05,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x03,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x30, // X
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x31, // Y
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x38, // scroll
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x81,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x7f,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x06, // Relative data
|
||||
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
};
|
||||
reportLength = sizeof(reportDescriptor);
|
||||
return reportDescriptor;
|
||||
} else if (mouse_type == ABS_MOUSE) {
|
||||
static uint8_t reportDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01, // Generic Desktop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x02, // Mouse
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01, // Application
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x01, // Pointer
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x00, // Physical
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01, // Generic Desktop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x30, // X
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x31, // Y
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00, // 0
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(2), 0xff, 0x7f, // 32767
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x10,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x02,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02, // Data, Variable, Absolute
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01, // Generic Desktop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x38, // scroll
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x81, // -127
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x7f, // 127
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x06, // Data, Variable, Relative
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x09, // Buttons
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0x03,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00, // 0
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01, // 1
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x03,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02, // Data, Variable, Absolute
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x05,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01, // Constant
|
||||
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0)
|
||||
};
|
||||
reportLength = sizeof(reportDescriptor);
|
||||
return reportDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION (1)
|
||||
#define TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH ((1 * CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (1 * INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (1 * HID_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH) \
|
||||
+ (2 * ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH))
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBMouse::configurationDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t configurationDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH,// bLength
|
||||
CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH), // wTotalLength (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(TOTAL_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH), // wTotalLength (MSB)
|
||||
0x01, // bNumInterfaces
|
||||
DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION, // bConfigurationValue
|
||||
0x00, // iConfiguration
|
||||
C_RESERVED | C_SELF_POWERED, // bmAttributes
|
||||
C_POWER(0), // bMaxPowerHello World from Mbed
|
||||
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0x00, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
0x02, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
HID_CLASS, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
1, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
2, // bInterfaceProtocol (mouse)
|
||||
0x00, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
HID_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
HID_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(HID_VERSION_1_11), // bcdHID (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(HID_VERSION_1_11), // bcdHID (MSB)
|
||||
0x00, // bCountryCode
|
||||
0x01, // bNumDescriptors
|
||||
REPORT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(reportDescLength()), // wDescriptorLength (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(reportDescLength()), // wDescriptorLength (MSB)
|
||||
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPINT_IN), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_INTERRUPT, // bmAttributes
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
1, // bInterval (milliseconds)
|
||||
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPINT_OUT), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_INTERRUPT, // bmAttributes
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
1, // bInterval (milliseconds)
|
||||
};
|
||||
return configurationDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBMOUSE_H
|
||||
#define USBMOUSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBHID.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define REPORT_ID_MOUSE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/* Common usage */
|
||||
|
||||
enum MOUSE_BUTTON
|
||||
{
|
||||
MOUSE_LEFT = 1,
|
||||
MOUSE_RIGHT = 2,
|
||||
MOUSE_MIDDLE = 4,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* X and Y limits */
|
||||
/* These values do not directly map to screen pixels */
|
||||
/* Zero may be interpreted as meaning 'no movement' */
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ABS (1) /*!< Minimum value on x-axis */
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ABS (1) /*!< Minimum value on y-axis */
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ABS (0x7fff) /*!< Maximum value on x-axis */
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ABS (0x7fff) /*!< Maximum value on y-axis */
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MIN_REL (-127) /*!< The maximum value that we can move to the left on the x-axis */
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_REL (-127) /*!< The maximum value that we can move up on the y-axis */
|
||||
#define X_MAX_REL (127) /*!< The maximum value that we can move to the right on the x-axis */
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_REL (127) /*!< The maximum value that we can move down on the y-axis */
|
||||
|
||||
enum MOUSE_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
ABS_MOUSE,
|
||||
REL_MOUSE,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USBMouse example
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* #include "mbed.h"
|
||||
* #include "USBMouse.h"
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USBMouse mouse;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* int main(void)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* while (1)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* mouse.move(20, 0);
|
||||
* wait(0.5);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* #include "mbed.h"
|
||||
* #include "USBMouse.h"
|
||||
* #include <math.h>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USBMouse mouse(ABS_MOUSE);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* int main(void)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* uint16_t x_center = (X_MAX_ABS - X_MIN_ABS)/2;
|
||||
* uint16_t y_center = (Y_MAX_ABS - Y_MIN_ABS)/2;
|
||||
* uint16_t x_screen = 0;
|
||||
* uint16_t y_screen = 0;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* uint32_t x_origin = x_center;
|
||||
* uint32_t y_origin = y_center;
|
||||
* uint32_t radius = 5000;
|
||||
* uint32_t angle = 0;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* while (1)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* x_screen = x_origin + cos((double)angle*3.14/180.0)*radius;
|
||||
* y_screen = y_origin + sin((double)angle*3.14/180.0)*radius;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* mouse.move(x_screen, y_screen);
|
||||
* angle += 3;
|
||||
* wait(0.01);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class USBMouse: public USBHID
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param mouse_type Mouse type: ABS_MOUSE (absolute mouse) or REL_MOUSE (relative mouse) (default: REL_MOUSE)
|
||||
* @param vendor_id Your vendor_id (default: 0x1234)
|
||||
* @param product_id Your product_id (default: 0x0001)
|
||||
* @param product_release Your preoduct_release (default: 0x0001)
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USBMouse(MOUSE_TYPE mouse_type = REL_MOUSE, uint16_t vendor_id = 0x1234, uint16_t product_id = 0x0001, uint16_t product_release = 0x0001):
|
||||
USBHID(0, 0, vendor_id, product_id, product_release, false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
button = 0;
|
||||
this->mouse_type = mouse_type;
|
||||
connect();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a state of the mouse
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param x x-axis position
|
||||
* @param y y-axis position
|
||||
* @param buttons buttons state (first bit represents MOUSE_LEFT, second bit MOUSE_RIGHT and third bit MOUSE_MIDDLE)
|
||||
* @param z wheel state (>0 to scroll down, <0 to scroll up)
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool update(int16_t x, int16_t y, uint8_t buttons, int8_t z);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move the cursor to (x, y)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param x-axis position
|
||||
* @param y-axis position
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool move(int16_t x, int16_t y);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Press one or several buttons
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param button button state (ex: press(MOUSE_LEFT))
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool press(uint8_t button);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Release one or several buttons
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param button button state (ex: release(MOUSE_LEFT))
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool release(uint8_t button);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Double click (MOUSE_LEFT)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool doubleClick();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Click
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param button state of the buttons ( ex: clic(MOUSE_LEFT))
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool click(uint8_t button);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scrolling
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param z value of the wheel (>0 to go down, <0 to go up)
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool scroll(int8_t z);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* To define the report descriptor. Warning: this method has to store the length of the report descriptor in reportLength.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the report descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * reportDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get configuration descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the configuration descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * configurationDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
MOUSE_TYPE mouse_type;
|
||||
uint8_t button;
|
||||
bool mouseSend(int8_t x, int8_t y, uint8_t buttons, int8_t z);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,706 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
#include "USBMouseKeyboard.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
unsigned char usage;
|
||||
unsigned char modifier;
|
||||
} KEYMAP;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef US_KEYBOARD
|
||||
/* US keyboard (as HID standard) */
|
||||
#define KEYMAP_SIZE (152)
|
||||
const KEYMAP keymap[KEYMAP_SIZE] = {
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* NUL */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SOH */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* STX */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ETX */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* EOT */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ENQ */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ACK */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* BEL */
|
||||
{0x2a, 0}, /* BS */ /* Keyboard Delete (Backspace) */
|
||||
{0x2b, 0}, /* TAB */ /* Keyboard Tab */
|
||||
{0x28, 0}, /* LF */ /* Keyboard Return (Enter) */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* VT */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* FF */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* CR */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SO */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SI */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DEL */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC1 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC2 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC3 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC4 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* NAK */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SYN */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ETB */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* CAN */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* EM */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SUB */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ESC */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* FS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* GS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* RS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* US */
|
||||
{0x2c, 0}, /* */
|
||||
{0x1e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ! */
|
||||
{0x34, KEY_SHIFT}, /* " */
|
||||
{0x20, KEY_SHIFT}, /* # */
|
||||
{0x21, KEY_SHIFT}, /* $ */
|
||||
{0x22, KEY_SHIFT}, /* % */
|
||||
{0x24, KEY_SHIFT}, /* & */
|
||||
{0x34, 0}, /* ' */
|
||||
{0x26, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ( */
|
||||
{0x27, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ) */
|
||||
{0x25, KEY_SHIFT}, /* * */
|
||||
{0x2e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* + */
|
||||
{0x36, 0}, /* , */
|
||||
{0x2d, 0}, /* - */
|
||||
{0x37, 0}, /* . */
|
||||
{0x38, 0}, /* / */
|
||||
{0x27, 0}, /* 0 */
|
||||
{0x1e, 0}, /* 1 */
|
||||
{0x1f, 0}, /* 2 */
|
||||
{0x20, 0}, /* 3 */
|
||||
{0x21, 0}, /* 4 */
|
||||
{0x22, 0}, /* 5 */
|
||||
{0x23, 0}, /* 6 */
|
||||
{0x24, 0}, /* 7 */
|
||||
{0x25, 0}, /* 8 */
|
||||
{0x26, 0}, /* 9 */
|
||||
{0x33, KEY_SHIFT}, /* : */
|
||||
{0x33, 0}, /* ; */
|
||||
{0x36, KEY_SHIFT}, /* < */
|
||||
{0x2e, 0}, /* = */
|
||||
{0x37, KEY_SHIFT}, /* > */
|
||||
{0x38, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ? */
|
||||
{0x1f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* @ */
|
||||
{0x04, KEY_SHIFT}, /* A */
|
||||
{0x05, KEY_SHIFT}, /* B */
|
||||
{0x06, KEY_SHIFT}, /* C */
|
||||
{0x07, KEY_SHIFT}, /* D */
|
||||
{0x08, KEY_SHIFT}, /* E */
|
||||
{0x09, KEY_SHIFT}, /* F */
|
||||
{0x0a, KEY_SHIFT}, /* G */
|
||||
{0x0b, KEY_SHIFT}, /* H */
|
||||
{0x0c, KEY_SHIFT}, /* I */
|
||||
{0x0d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* J */
|
||||
{0x0e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* K */
|
||||
{0x0f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* L */
|
||||
{0x10, KEY_SHIFT}, /* M */
|
||||
{0x11, KEY_SHIFT}, /* N */
|
||||
{0x12, KEY_SHIFT}, /* O */
|
||||
{0x13, KEY_SHIFT}, /* P */
|
||||
{0x14, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Q */
|
||||
{0x15, KEY_SHIFT}, /* R */
|
||||
{0x16, KEY_SHIFT}, /* S */
|
||||
{0x17, KEY_SHIFT}, /* T */
|
||||
{0x18, KEY_SHIFT}, /* U */
|
||||
{0x19, KEY_SHIFT}, /* V */
|
||||
{0x1a, KEY_SHIFT}, /* W */
|
||||
{0x1b, KEY_SHIFT}, /* X */
|
||||
{0x1c, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Y */
|
||||
{0x1d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Z */
|
||||
{0x2f, 0}, /* [ */
|
||||
{0x31, 0}, /* \ */
|
||||
{0x30, 0}, /* ] */
|
||||
{0x23, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ^ */
|
||||
{0x2d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* _ */
|
||||
{0x35, 0}, /* ` */
|
||||
{0x04, 0}, /* a */
|
||||
{0x05, 0}, /* b */
|
||||
{0x06, 0}, /* c */
|
||||
{0x07, 0}, /* d */
|
||||
{0x08, 0}, /* e */
|
||||
{0x09, 0}, /* f */
|
||||
{0x0a, 0}, /* g */
|
||||
{0x0b, 0}, /* h */
|
||||
{0x0c, 0}, /* i */
|
||||
{0x0d, 0}, /* j */
|
||||
{0x0e, 0}, /* k */
|
||||
{0x0f, 0}, /* l */
|
||||
{0x10, 0}, /* m */
|
||||
{0x11, 0}, /* n */
|
||||
{0x12, 0}, /* o */
|
||||
{0x13, 0}, /* p */
|
||||
{0x14, 0}, /* q */
|
||||
{0x15, 0}, /* r */
|
||||
{0x16, 0}, /* s */
|
||||
{0x17, 0}, /* t */
|
||||
{0x18, 0}, /* u */
|
||||
{0x19, 0}, /* v */
|
||||
{0x1a, 0}, /* w */
|
||||
{0x1b, 0}, /* x */
|
||||
{0x1c, 0}, /* y */
|
||||
{0x1d, 0}, /* z */
|
||||
{0x2f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* { */
|
||||
{0x31, KEY_SHIFT}, /* | */
|
||||
{0x30, KEY_SHIFT}, /* } */
|
||||
{0x35, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ~ */
|
||||
{0,0}, /* DEL */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x3a, 0}, /* F1 */
|
||||
{0x3b, 0}, /* F2 */
|
||||
{0x3c, 0}, /* F3 */
|
||||
{0x3d, 0}, /* F4 */
|
||||
{0x3e, 0}, /* F5 */
|
||||
{0x3f, 0}, /* F6 */
|
||||
{0x40, 0}, /* F7 */
|
||||
{0x41, 0}, /* F8 */
|
||||
{0x42, 0}, /* F9 */
|
||||
{0x43, 0}, /* F10 */
|
||||
{0x44, 0}, /* F11 */
|
||||
{0x45, 0}, /* F12 */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x46, 0}, /* PRINT_SCREEN */
|
||||
{0x47, 0}, /* SCROLL_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x39, 0}, /* CAPS_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x53, 0}, /* NUM_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x49, 0}, /* INSERT */
|
||||
{0x4a, 0}, /* HOME */
|
||||
{0x4b, 0}, /* PAGE_UP */
|
||||
{0x4e, 0}, /* PAGE_DOWN */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x4f, 0}, /* RIGHT_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x50, 0}, /* LEFT_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x51, 0}, /* DOWN_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x52, 0}, /* UP_ARROW */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* UK keyboard */
|
||||
#define KEYMAP_SIZE (152)
|
||||
const KEYMAP keymap[KEYMAP_SIZE] = {
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* NUL */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SOH */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* STX */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ETX */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* EOT */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ENQ */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ACK */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* BEL */
|
||||
{0x2a, 0}, /* BS */ /* Keyboard Delete (Backspace) */
|
||||
{0x2b, 0}, /* TAB */ /* Keyboard Tab */
|
||||
{0x28, 0}, /* LF */ /* Keyboard Return (Enter) */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* VT */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* FF */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* CR */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SO */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SI */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DEL */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC1 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC2 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC3 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* DC4 */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* NAK */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SYN */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ETB */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* CAN */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* EM */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* SUB */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* ESC */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* FS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* GS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* RS */
|
||||
{0, 0}, /* US */
|
||||
{0x2c, 0}, /* */
|
||||
{0x1e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ! */
|
||||
{0x1f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* " */
|
||||
{0x32, 0}, /* # */
|
||||
{0x21, KEY_SHIFT}, /* $ */
|
||||
{0x22, KEY_SHIFT}, /* % */
|
||||
{0x24, KEY_SHIFT}, /* & */
|
||||
{0x34, 0}, /* ' */
|
||||
{0x26, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ( */
|
||||
{0x27, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ) */
|
||||
{0x25, KEY_SHIFT}, /* * */
|
||||
{0x2e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* + */
|
||||
{0x36, 0}, /* , */
|
||||
{0x2d, 0}, /* - */
|
||||
{0x37, 0}, /* . */
|
||||
{0x38, 0}, /* / */
|
||||
{0x27, 0}, /* 0 */
|
||||
{0x1e, 0}, /* 1 */
|
||||
{0x1f, 0}, /* 2 */
|
||||
{0x20, 0}, /* 3 */
|
||||
{0x21, 0}, /* 4 */
|
||||
{0x22, 0}, /* 5 */
|
||||
{0x23, 0}, /* 6 */
|
||||
{0x24, 0}, /* 7 */
|
||||
{0x25, 0}, /* 8 */
|
||||
{0x26, 0}, /* 9 */
|
||||
{0x33, KEY_SHIFT}, /* : */
|
||||
{0x33, 0}, /* ; */
|
||||
{0x36, KEY_SHIFT}, /* < */
|
||||
{0x2e, 0}, /* = */
|
||||
{0x37, KEY_SHIFT}, /* > */
|
||||
{0x38, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ? */
|
||||
{0x34, KEY_SHIFT}, /* @ */
|
||||
{0x04, KEY_SHIFT}, /* A */
|
||||
{0x05, KEY_SHIFT}, /* B */
|
||||
{0x06, KEY_SHIFT}, /* C */
|
||||
{0x07, KEY_SHIFT}, /* D */
|
||||
{0x08, KEY_SHIFT}, /* E */
|
||||
{0x09, KEY_SHIFT}, /* F */
|
||||
{0x0a, KEY_SHIFT}, /* G */
|
||||
{0x0b, KEY_SHIFT}, /* H */
|
||||
{0x0c, KEY_SHIFT}, /* I */
|
||||
{0x0d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* J */
|
||||
{0x0e, KEY_SHIFT}, /* K */
|
||||
{0x0f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* L */
|
||||
{0x10, KEY_SHIFT}, /* M */
|
||||
{0x11, KEY_SHIFT}, /* N */
|
||||
{0x12, KEY_SHIFT}, /* O */
|
||||
{0x13, KEY_SHIFT}, /* P */
|
||||
{0x14, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Q */
|
||||
{0x15, KEY_SHIFT}, /* R */
|
||||
{0x16, KEY_SHIFT}, /* S */
|
||||
{0x17, KEY_SHIFT}, /* T */
|
||||
{0x18, KEY_SHIFT}, /* U */
|
||||
{0x19, KEY_SHIFT}, /* V */
|
||||
{0x1a, KEY_SHIFT}, /* W */
|
||||
{0x1b, KEY_SHIFT}, /* X */
|
||||
{0x1c, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Y */
|
||||
{0x1d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* Z */
|
||||
{0x2f, 0}, /* [ */
|
||||
{0x64, 0}, /* \ */
|
||||
{0x30, 0}, /* ] */
|
||||
{0x23, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ^ */
|
||||
{0x2d, KEY_SHIFT}, /* _ */
|
||||
{0x35, 0}, /* ` */
|
||||
{0x04, 0}, /* a */
|
||||
{0x05, 0}, /* b */
|
||||
{0x06, 0}, /* c */
|
||||
{0x07, 0}, /* d */
|
||||
{0x08, 0}, /* e */
|
||||
{0x09, 0}, /* f */
|
||||
{0x0a, 0}, /* g */
|
||||
{0x0b, 0}, /* h */
|
||||
{0x0c, 0}, /* i */
|
||||
{0x0d, 0}, /* j */
|
||||
{0x0e, 0}, /* k */
|
||||
{0x0f, 0}, /* l */
|
||||
{0x10, 0}, /* m */
|
||||
{0x11, 0}, /* n */
|
||||
{0x12, 0}, /* o */
|
||||
{0x13, 0}, /* p */
|
||||
{0x14, 0}, /* q */
|
||||
{0x15, 0}, /* r */
|
||||
{0x16, 0}, /* s */
|
||||
{0x17, 0}, /* t */
|
||||
{0x18, 0}, /* u */
|
||||
{0x19, 0}, /* v */
|
||||
{0x1a, 0}, /* w */
|
||||
{0x1b, 0}, /* x */
|
||||
{0x1c, 0}, /* y */
|
||||
{0x1d, 0}, /* z */
|
||||
{0x2f, KEY_SHIFT}, /* { */
|
||||
{0x64, KEY_SHIFT}, /* | */
|
||||
{0x30, KEY_SHIFT}, /* } */
|
||||
{0x32, KEY_SHIFT}, /* ~ */
|
||||
{0,0}, /* DEL */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x3a, 0}, /* F1 */
|
||||
{0x3b, 0}, /* F2 */
|
||||
{0x3c, 0}, /* F3 */
|
||||
{0x3d, 0}, /* F4 */
|
||||
{0x3e, 0}, /* F5 */
|
||||
{0x3f, 0}, /* F6 */
|
||||
{0x40, 0}, /* F7 */
|
||||
{0x41, 0}, /* F8 */
|
||||
{0x42, 0}, /* F9 */
|
||||
{0x43, 0}, /* F10 */
|
||||
{0x44, 0}, /* F11 */
|
||||
{0x45, 0}, /* F12 */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x46, 0}, /* PRINT_SCREEN */
|
||||
{0x47, 0}, /* SCROLL_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x39, 0}, /* CAPS_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x53, 0}, /* NUM_LOCK */
|
||||
{0x49, 0}, /* INSERT */
|
||||
{0x4a, 0}, /* HOME */
|
||||
{0x4b, 0}, /* PAGE_UP */
|
||||
{0x4e, 0}, /* PAGE_DOWN */
|
||||
|
||||
{0x4f, 0}, /* RIGHT_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x50, 0}, /* LEFT_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x51, 0}, /* DOWN_ARROW */
|
||||
{0x52, 0}, /* UP_ARROW */
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBMouseKeyboard::reportDesc() {
|
||||
if (mouse_type == REL_MOUSE) {
|
||||
static uint8_t reportDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
// Keyboard
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x06,
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_ID(1), REPORT_ID_KEYBOARD,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x07,
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0xE0,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0xE7,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x08,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x05,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0x05,
|
||||
OUTPUT(1), 0x02,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x03,
|
||||
OUTPUT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x06,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(2), 0xff, 0x00,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x07,
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(2), 0xff, 0x00,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x00,
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
|
||||
// Mouse
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01, // Generic Desktop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x02, // Mouse
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01, // Application
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x01, // Pointer
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x00, // Physical
|
||||
REPORT_ID(1), REPORT_ID_MOUSE,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x03,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x09, // Buttons
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x1,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0x3,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x05,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x03,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x30, // X
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x31, // Y
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x38, // scroll
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x81,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x7f,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x06,
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Media Control
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x0C,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_ID(1), REPORT_ID_VOLUME,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x0C,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x07,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xB5, // Next Track
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xB6, // Previous Track
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xB7, // Stop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xCD, // Play / Pause
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xE2, // Mute
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xE9, // Volume Up
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xEA, // Volume Down
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02, // Input (Data, Variable, Absolute)
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
};
|
||||
reportLength = sizeof(reportDescriptor);
|
||||
return reportDescriptor;
|
||||
} else if (mouse_type == ABS_MOUSE) {
|
||||
static uint8_t reportDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
// Keyboard
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x06,
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_ID(1), REPORT_ID_KEYBOARD,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x07,
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0xE0,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0xE7,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x08,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x05,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0x05,
|
||||
OUTPUT(1), 0x02,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x03,
|
||||
OUTPUT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x06,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(2), 0xff, 0x00,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x07,
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(2), 0xff, 0x00,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x00,
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
|
||||
// Mouse
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01, // Generic Desktop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x02, // Mouse
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01, // Application
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x01, // Pointer
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x00, // Physical
|
||||
REPORT_ID(1), REPORT_ID_MOUSE,
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01, // Generic Desktop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x30, // X
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x31, // Y
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00, // 0
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(2), 0xff, 0x7f, // 32767
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x10,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x02,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02, // Data, Variable, Absolute
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x01, // Generic Desktop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x38, // scroll
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x81, // -127
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x7f, // 127
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x08,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x06, // Data, Variable, Relative
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x09, // Buttons
|
||||
USAGE_MINIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
USAGE_MAXIMUM(1), 0x03,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00, // 0
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01, // 1
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x03,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02, // Data, Variable, Absolute
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x05,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01, // Constant
|
||||
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
|
||||
// Media Control
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x0C,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
COLLECTION(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_ID(1), REPORT_ID_VOLUME,
|
||||
USAGE_PAGE(1), 0x0C,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MINIMUM(1), 0x00,
|
||||
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_SIZE(1), 0x01,
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x07,
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xB5, // Next Track
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xB6, // Previous Track
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xB7, // Stop
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xCD, // Play / Pause
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xE2, // Mute
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xE9, // Volume Up
|
||||
USAGE(1), 0xEA, // Volume Down
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x02, // Input (Data, Variable, Absolute)
|
||||
REPORT_COUNT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
INPUT(1), 0x01,
|
||||
END_COLLECTION(0),
|
||||
};
|
||||
reportLength = sizeof(reportDescriptor);
|
||||
return reportDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::EP1_OUT_callback() {
|
||||
uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
|
||||
uint8_t led[65];
|
||||
USBDevice::readEP(EPINT_OUT, led, &bytesRead, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
// we take led[1] because led[0] is the report ID
|
||||
lock_status = led[1] & 0x07;
|
||||
|
||||
// We activate the endpoint to be able to recceive data
|
||||
if (!readStart(EPINT_OUT, MAX_HID_REPORT_SIZE))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t USBMouseKeyboard::lockStatus() {
|
||||
return lock_status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::update(int16_t x, int16_t y, uint8_t button, int8_t z) {
|
||||
switch (mouse_type) {
|
||||
case REL_MOUSE:
|
||||
while (x > 127) {
|
||||
if (!mouseSend(127, 0, button, z)) return false;
|
||||
x = x - 127;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (x < -128) {
|
||||
if (!mouseSend(-128, 0, button, z)) return false;
|
||||
x = x + 128;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (y > 127) {
|
||||
if (!mouseSend(0, 127, button, z)) return false;
|
||||
y = y - 127;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (y < -128) {
|
||||
if (!mouseSend(0, -128, button, z)) return false;
|
||||
y = y + 128;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return mouseSend(x, y, button, z);
|
||||
case ABS_MOUSE:
|
||||
HID_REPORT report;
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[0] = REPORT_ID_MOUSE;
|
||||
report.data[1] = x & 0xff;
|
||||
report.data[2] = (x >> 8) & 0xff;
|
||||
report.data[3] = y & 0xff;
|
||||
report.data[4] = (y >> 8) & 0xff;
|
||||
report.data[5] = -z;
|
||||
report.data[6] = button & 0x07;
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 7;
|
||||
|
||||
return send(&report);
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::mouseSend(int8_t x, int8_t y, uint8_t buttons, int8_t z) {
|
||||
HID_REPORT report;
|
||||
report.data[0] = REPORT_ID_MOUSE;
|
||||
report.data[1] = buttons & 0x07;
|
||||
report.data[2] = x;
|
||||
report.data[3] = y;
|
||||
report.data[4] = -z; // >0 to scroll down, <0 to scroll up
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 5;
|
||||
|
||||
return send(&report);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::move(int16_t x, int16_t y) {
|
||||
return update(x, y, button, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::scroll(int8_t z) {
|
||||
return update(0, 0, button, z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::doubleClick() {
|
||||
if (!click(MOUSE_LEFT))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
wait(0.1);
|
||||
return click(MOUSE_LEFT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::click(uint8_t button) {
|
||||
if (!update(0, 0, button, 0))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
wait(0.01);
|
||||
return update(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::press(uint8_t button_) {
|
||||
button = button_ & 0x07;
|
||||
return update(0, 0, button, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::release(uint8_t button_) {
|
||||
button = (button & (~button_)) & 0x07;
|
||||
return update(0, 0, button, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int USBMouseKeyboard::_putc(int c) {
|
||||
return keyCode(c, keymap[c].modifier);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::keyCode(uint8_t key, uint8_t modifier) {
|
||||
// Send a simulated keyboard keypress. Returns true if successful.
|
||||
|
||||
HID_REPORT report;
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[0] = REPORT_ID_KEYBOARD;
|
||||
report.data[1] = modifier;
|
||||
report.data[2] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[3] = keymap[key].usage;
|
||||
report.data[4] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[5] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[6] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[7] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[8] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 9;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!send(&report)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[1] = 0;
|
||||
report.data[3] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!send(&report)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMouseKeyboard::mediaControl(MEDIA_KEY key) {
|
||||
HID_REPORT report;
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[0] = REPORT_ID_VOLUME;
|
||||
report.data[1] = (1 << key) & 0x7f;
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
send(&report);
|
||||
|
||||
report.data[0] = REPORT_ID_VOLUME;
|
||||
report.data[1] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
report.length = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
return send(&report);
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBMOUSEKEYBOARD_H
|
||||
#define USBMOUSEKEYBOARD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define REPORT_ID_KEYBOARD 1
|
||||
#define REPORT_ID_MOUSE 2
|
||||
#define REPORT_ID_VOLUME 3
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBMouse.h"
|
||||
#include "USBKeyboard.h"
|
||||
#include "Stream.h"
|
||||
#include "USBHID.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* USBMouseKeyboard example
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #include "mbed.h"
|
||||
* #include "USBMouseKeyboard.h"
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USBMouseKeyboard key_mouse;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* int main(void)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* while(1)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* key_mouse.move(20, 0);
|
||||
* key_mouse.printf("Hello From MBED\r\n");
|
||||
* wait(1);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #include "mbed.h"
|
||||
* #include "USBMouseKeyboard.h"
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USBMouseKeyboard key_mouse(ABS_MOUSE);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* int main(void)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* while(1)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* key_mouse.move(X_MAX_ABS/2, Y_MAX_ABS/2);
|
||||
* key_mouse.printf("Hello from MBED\r\n");
|
||||
* wait(1);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class USBMouseKeyboard: public USBHID, public Stream
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param mouse_type Mouse type: ABS_MOUSE (absolute mouse) or REL_MOUSE (relative mouse) (default: REL_MOUSE)
|
||||
* @param leds Leds bus: first: NUM_LOCK, second: CAPS_LOCK, third: SCROLL_LOCK
|
||||
* @param vendor_id Your vendor_id (default: 0x1234)
|
||||
* @param product_id Your product_id (default: 0x0001)
|
||||
* @param product_release Your preoduct_release (default: 0x0001)
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USBMouseKeyboard(MOUSE_TYPE mouse_type = REL_MOUSE, uint16_t vendor_id = 0x0021, uint16_t product_id = 0x0011, uint16_t product_release = 0x0001):
|
||||
USBHID(0, 0, vendor_id, product_id, product_release, false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock_status = 0;
|
||||
button = 0;
|
||||
this->mouse_type = mouse_type;
|
||||
connect();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a state of the mouse
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param x x-axis position
|
||||
* @param y y-axis position
|
||||
* @param buttons buttons state (first bit represents MOUSE_LEFT, second bit MOUSE_RIGHT and third bit MOUSE_MIDDLE)
|
||||
* @param z wheel state (>0 to scroll down, <0 to scroll up)
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool update(int16_t x, int16_t y, uint8_t buttons, int8_t z);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move the cursor to (x, y)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param x x-axis position
|
||||
* @param y y-axis position
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool move(int16_t x, int16_t y);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Press one or several buttons
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param button button state (ex: press(MOUSE_LEFT))
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool press(uint8_t button);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Release one or several buttons
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param button button state (ex: release(MOUSE_LEFT))
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool release(uint8_t button);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Double click (MOUSE_LEFT)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool doubleClick();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Click
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param button state of the buttons ( ex: clic(MOUSE_LEFT))
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool click(uint8_t button);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scrolling
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param z value of the wheel (>0 to go down, <0 to go up)
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool scroll(int8_t z);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* To send a character defined by a modifier(CTRL, SHIFT, ALT) and the key
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* //To send CTRL + s (save)
|
||||
* keyboard.keyCode('s', KEY_CTRL);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param modifier bit 0: KEY_CTRL, bit 1: KEY_SHIFT, bit 2: KEY_ALT (default: 0)
|
||||
* @param key character to send
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool keyCode(uint8_t key, uint8_t modifier = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a character
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c character to be sent
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual int _putc(int c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Control media keys
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param key media key pressed (KEY_NEXT_TRACK, KEY_PREVIOUS_TRACK, KEY_STOP, KEY_PLAY_PAUSE, KEY_MUTE, KEY_VOLUME_UP, KEY_VOLUME_DOWN)
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool mediaControl(MEDIA_KEY key);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read status of lock keys. Useful to switch-on/off leds according to key pressed. Only the first three bits of the result is important:
|
||||
* - First bit: NUM_LOCK
|
||||
* - Second bit: CAPS_LOCK
|
||||
* - Third bit: SCROLL_LOCK
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns status of lock keys
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t lockStatus();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* To define the report descriptor. Warning: this method has to store the length of the report descriptor in reportLength.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the report descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * reportDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called when a data is received on the OUT endpoint. Useful to switch on LED of LOCK keys
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns if handle by subclass, return true
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool EP1_OUT_callback();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool mouseWrite(int8_t x, int8_t y, uint8_t buttons, int8_t z);
|
||||
MOUSE_TYPE mouse_type;
|
||||
uint8_t button;
|
||||
bool mouseSend(int8_t x, int8_t y, uint8_t buttons, int8_t z);
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t lock_status;
|
||||
|
||||
//dummy otherwise it doesn't compile (we must define all methods of an abstract class)
|
||||
virtual int _getc() { return -1;}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef MIDIMESSAGE_H
|
||||
#define MIDIMESSAGE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mbed.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// MIDI Message Format
|
||||
//
|
||||
// [ msg(4) | channel(4) ] [ 0 | n(7) ] [ 0 | m(7) ]
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MIDI Data Messages (Channel Specific)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Message msg n m
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Note Off 0x8 Key Velocity
|
||||
// Note On 0x9 Key Velocity
|
||||
// Polyphonic Aftertouch 0xA Key Pressure
|
||||
// Control Change 0xB Controller Value
|
||||
// Program Change 0xC Program -
|
||||
// Channel Aftertouch 0xD Pressure -
|
||||
// Pitch Wheel 0xE LSB MSB
|
||||
|
||||
#define CABLE_NUM (0<<4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** A MIDI message container */
|
||||
class MIDIMessage {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
MIDIMessage() {}
|
||||
|
||||
MIDIMessage(uint8_t *buf) {
|
||||
*((uint32_t *)data) = *((uint32_t *)buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// create messages
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create a NoteOff message
|
||||
* @param key Key ID
|
||||
* @param velocity Key velocity (0-127, default = 127)
|
||||
* @param channel Key channel (0-15, default 0)
|
||||
* @returns A MIDIMessage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static MIDIMessage NoteOff(int key, int velocity = 127, int channel = 0) {
|
||||
MIDIMessage msg;
|
||||
msg.data[0] = CABLE_NUM | 0x08;
|
||||
msg.data[1] = 0x80 | (channel & 0x0F);
|
||||
msg.data[2] = key & 0x7F;
|
||||
msg.data[3] = velocity & 0x7F;
|
||||
return msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create a NoteOn message
|
||||
* @param key Key ID
|
||||
* @param velocity Key velocity (0-127, default = 127)
|
||||
* @param channel Key channel (0-15, default 0)
|
||||
* @returns A MIDIMessage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static MIDIMessage NoteOn(int key, int velocity = 127, int channel = 0) {
|
||||
MIDIMessage msg;
|
||||
msg.data[0] = CABLE_NUM | 0x09;
|
||||
msg.data[1] = 0x90 | (channel & 0x0F);
|
||||
msg.data[2] = key & 0x7F;
|
||||
msg.data[3] = velocity & 0x7F;
|
||||
return msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create a PolyPhonic Aftertouch message
|
||||
* @param key Key ID
|
||||
* @param pressure Aftertouch pressure (0-127)
|
||||
* @param channel Key channel (0-15, default 0)
|
||||
* @returns A MIDIMessage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static MIDIMessage PolyphonicAftertouch(int key, int pressure, int channel = 0) {
|
||||
MIDIMessage msg;
|
||||
msg.data[0] = CABLE_NUM | 0x0A;
|
||||
msg.data[1] = 0xA0 | (channel & 0x0F);
|
||||
msg.data[2] = key & 0x7F;
|
||||
msg.data[3] = pressure & 0x7F;
|
||||
return msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create a Control Change message
|
||||
* @param control Controller ID
|
||||
* @param value Controller value (0-127)
|
||||
* @param channel Controller channel (0-15, default 0)
|
||||
* @returns A MIDIMessage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static MIDIMessage ControlChange(int control, int value, int channel = 0) {
|
||||
MIDIMessage msg;
|
||||
msg.data[0] = CABLE_NUM | 0x0B;
|
||||
msg.data[1] = 0xB0 | (channel & 0x0F);
|
||||
msg.data[2] = control & 0x7F;
|
||||
msg.data[3] = value & 0x7F;
|
||||
return msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create a Program Change message
|
||||
* @param program Program ID
|
||||
* @param channel Channel (0-15, default 0)
|
||||
* @returns A MIDIMessage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static MIDIMessage ProgramChange(int program, int channel = 0) {
|
||||
MIDIMessage msg;
|
||||
msg.data[0] = CABLE_NUM | 0x0C;
|
||||
msg.data[1] = 0xC0 | (channel & 0x0F);
|
||||
msg.data[2] = program & 0x7F;
|
||||
msg.data[3] = 0x00;
|
||||
return msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create a Channel Aftertouch message
|
||||
* @param pressure Pressure
|
||||
* @param channel Key channel (0-15, default 0)
|
||||
* @returns A MIDIMessage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static MIDIMessage ChannelAftertouch(int pressure, int channel = 0) {
|
||||
MIDIMessage msg;
|
||||
msg.data[0] = CABLE_NUM | 0x0D;
|
||||
msg.data[1] = 0xD0 | (channel & 0x0F);
|
||||
msg.data[2] = pressure & 0x7F;
|
||||
msg.data[3] = 0x00;
|
||||
return msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create a Pitch Wheel message
|
||||
* @param pitch Pitch (-8192 - 8191, default = 0)
|
||||
* @param channel Channel (0-15, default 0)
|
||||
* @returns A MIDIMessage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static MIDIMessage PitchWheel(int pitch = 0, int channel = 0) {
|
||||
MIDIMessage msg;
|
||||
int p = pitch + 8192; // 0 - 16383, 8192 is center
|
||||
msg.data[0] = CABLE_NUM | 0x0E;
|
||||
msg.data[1] = 0xE0 | (channel & 0x0F);
|
||||
msg.data[2] = p & 0x7F;
|
||||
msg.data[3] = (p >> 7) & 0x7F;
|
||||
return msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create an All Notes Off message
|
||||
* @param channel Channel (0-15, default 0)
|
||||
* @returns A MIDIMessage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static MIDIMessage AllNotesOff(int channel = 0) {
|
||||
return ControlChange(123, 0, channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// decode messages
|
||||
|
||||
/** MIDI Message Types */
|
||||
enum MIDIMessageType {
|
||||
ErrorType,
|
||||
NoteOffType,
|
||||
NoteOnType,
|
||||
PolyphonicAftertouchType,
|
||||
ControlChangeType,
|
||||
ProgramChangeType,
|
||||
ChannelAftertouchType,
|
||||
PitchWheelType,
|
||||
AllNotesOffType
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read the message type
|
||||
* @returns MIDIMessageType
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MIDIMessageType type() {
|
||||
switch((data[1] >> 4) & 0xF) {
|
||||
case 0x8: return NoteOffType;
|
||||
case 0x9: return NoteOnType;
|
||||
case 0xA: return PolyphonicAftertouchType;
|
||||
case 0xB:
|
||||
if(controller() < 120) { // standard controllers
|
||||
return ControlChangeType;
|
||||
} else if(controller() == 123) {
|
||||
return AllNotesOffType;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return ErrorType; // unsupported atm
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 0xC: return ProgramChangeType;
|
||||
case 0xD: return ChannelAftertouchType;
|
||||
case 0xE: return PitchWheelType;
|
||||
default: return ErrorType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read the channel number */
|
||||
int channel() {
|
||||
return (data[1] & 0x0F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read the key ID */
|
||||
int key() {
|
||||
return (data[2] & 0x7F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read the velocity */
|
||||
int velocity() {
|
||||
return (data[3] & 0x7F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read the controller value */
|
||||
int value() {
|
||||
return (data[3] & 0x7F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read the aftertouch pressure */
|
||||
int pressure() {
|
||||
if(type() == PolyphonicAftertouchType) {
|
||||
return (data[3] & 0x7F);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return (data[2] & 0x7F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read the controller number */
|
||||
int controller() {
|
||||
return (data[2] & 0x7F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read the program number */
|
||||
int program() {
|
||||
return (data[2] & 0x7F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read the pitch value */
|
||||
int pitch() {
|
||||
int p = ((data[3] & 0x7F) << 7) | (data[2] & 0x7F);
|
||||
return p - 8192; // 0 - 16383, 8192 is center
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t data[4];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
#include "USBMIDI.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USBMIDI::USBMIDI(uint16_t vendor_id, uint16_t product_id, uint16_t product_release): USBDevice(vendor_id, product_id, product_release) {
|
||||
midi_evt = NULL;
|
||||
USBDevice::connect();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMIDI::write(MIDIMessage m) {
|
||||
USBDevice::write(EPBULK_IN, m.data, 4, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMIDI::attach(void (*fptr)(MIDIMessage)) {
|
||||
midi_evt = fptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMIDI::EP2_OUT_callback() {
|
||||
uint8_t buf[64];
|
||||
uint32_t len;
|
||||
readEP(EPBULK_OUT, buf, &len, 64);
|
||||
|
||||
if (midi_evt != NULL) {
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<len; i+=4) {
|
||||
midi_evt(MIDIMessage(buf+i));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// We reactivate the endpoint to receive next characters
|
||||
readStart(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context
|
||||
// Set configuration. Return false if the
|
||||
// configuration is not supported.
|
||||
bool USBMIDI::USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration) {
|
||||
if (configuration != DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure endpoints > 0
|
||||
addEndpoint(EPBULK_IN, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
addEndpoint(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
|
||||
// We activate the endpoint to be able to receive data
|
||||
readStart(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBMIDI::stringIinterfaceDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIinterfaceDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x0c, //bLength
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, //bDescriptorType 0x03
|
||||
'A',0,'u',0,'d',0,'i',0,'o',0 //bString iInterface - Audio
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIinterfaceDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBMIDI::stringIproductDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIproductDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x16, //bLength
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, //bDescriptorType 0x03
|
||||
'M',0,'b',0,'e',0,'d',0,' ',0,'A',0,'u',0,'d',0,'i',0,'o',0 //bString iProduct - Mbed Audio
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIproductDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBMIDI::configurationDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t configDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
// configuration descriptor
|
||||
0x09, 0x02, 0x65, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x50,
|
||||
|
||||
// The Audio Interface Collection
|
||||
0x09, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, // Standard AC Interface Descriptor
|
||||
0x09, 0x24, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x09, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, // Class-specific AC Interface Descriptor
|
||||
0x09, 0x04, 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, // MIDIStreaming Interface Descriptors
|
||||
0x07, 0x24, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x41, 0x00, // Class-Specific MS Interface Header Descriptor
|
||||
|
||||
// MIDI IN JACKS
|
||||
0x06, 0x24, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00,
|
||||
0x06, 0x24, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,
|
||||
|
||||
// MIDI OUT JACKS
|
||||
0x09, 0x24, 0x03, 0x01, 0x03, 0x01, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00,
|
||||
0x09, 0x24, 0x03, 0x02, 0x06, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00,
|
||||
|
||||
// OUT endpoint descriptor
|
||||
0x09, 0x05, 0x02, 0x02, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x05, 0x25, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,
|
||||
|
||||
// IN endpoint descriptor
|
||||
0x09, 0x05, 0x82, 0x02, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x05, 0x25, 0x01, 0x01, 0x03,
|
||||
};
|
||||
return configDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBMIDI_H
|
||||
#define USBMIDI_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* These headers are included for child class. */
|
||||
#include "USBEndpoints.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDescriptor.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDevice_Types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBDevice.h"
|
||||
#include "MIDIMessage.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION (1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* USBMIDI example
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* #include "mbed.h"
|
||||
* #include "USBMIDI.h"
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USBMIDI midi;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* int main() {
|
||||
* while (1) {
|
||||
* for(int i=48; i<83; i++) { // send some messages!
|
||||
* midi.write(MIDIMessage::NoteOn(i));
|
||||
* wait(0.25);
|
||||
* midi.write(MIDIMessage::NoteOff(i));
|
||||
* wait(0.5);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class USBMIDI: public USBDevice {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vendor_id Your vendor_id
|
||||
* @param product_id Your product_id
|
||||
* @param product_release Your preoduct_release
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USBMIDI(uint16_t vendor_id = 0x0700, uint16_t product_id = 0x0101, uint16_t product_release = 0x0001);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a MIDIMessage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param m The MIDIMessage to send
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void write(MIDIMessage m);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Attach a callback for when a MIDIEvent is received
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fptr function pointer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void attach(void (*fptr)(MIDIMessage));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool EP2_OUT_callback();
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration);
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string product descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string product descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIproductDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string interface descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string interface descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIinterfaceDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get configuration descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the configuration descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * configurationDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void (*midi_evt)(MIDIMessage);
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
#include "USBMSD.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISK_OK 0x00
|
||||
#define NO_INIT 0x01
|
||||
#define NO_DISK 0x02
|
||||
#define WRITE_PROTECT 0x04
|
||||
|
||||
#define CBW_Signature 0x43425355
|
||||
#define CSW_Signature 0x53425355
|
||||
|
||||
// SCSI Commands
|
||||
#define TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
|
||||
#define REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
|
||||
#define FORMAT_UNIT 0x04
|
||||
#define INQUIRY 0x12
|
||||
#define MODE_SELECT6 0x15
|
||||
#define MODE_SENSE6 0x1A
|
||||
#define START_STOP_UNIT 0x1B
|
||||
#define MEDIA_REMOVAL 0x1E
|
||||
#define READ_FORMAT_CAPACITIES 0x23
|
||||
#define READ_CAPACITY 0x25
|
||||
#define READ10 0x28
|
||||
#define WRITE10 0x2A
|
||||
#define VERIFY10 0x2F
|
||||
#define READ12 0xA8
|
||||
#define WRITE12 0xAA
|
||||
#define MODE_SELECT10 0x55
|
||||
#define MODE_SENSE10 0x5A
|
||||
|
||||
// MSC class specific requests
|
||||
#define MSC_REQUEST_RESET 0xFF
|
||||
#define MSC_REQUEST_GET_MAX_LUN 0xFE
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION (1)
|
||||
|
||||
// max packet size
|
||||
#define MAX_PACKET MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK
|
||||
|
||||
// CSW Status
|
||||
enum Status {
|
||||
CSW_PASSED,
|
||||
CSW_FAILED,
|
||||
CSW_ERROR,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USBMSD::USBMSD(uint16_t vendor_id, uint16_t product_id, uint16_t product_release): USBDevice(vendor_id, product_id, product_release) {
|
||||
stage = READ_CBW;
|
||||
memset((void *)&cbw, 0, sizeof(CBW));
|
||||
memset((void *)&csw, 0, sizeof(CSW));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context to process a class specific request
|
||||
bool USBMSD::USBCallback_request(void) {
|
||||
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
CONTROL_TRANSFER * transfer = getTransferPtr();
|
||||
static uint8_t maxLUN[1] = {0};
|
||||
|
||||
if (transfer->setup.bmRequestType.Type == CLASS_TYPE) {
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.bRequest) {
|
||||
case MSC_REQUEST_RESET:
|
||||
reset();
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case MSC_REQUEST_GET_MAX_LUN:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 1;
|
||||
transfer->ptr = maxLUN;
|
||||
transfer->direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMSD::connect() {
|
||||
|
||||
//disk initialization
|
||||
if (disk_status() & NO_INIT) {
|
||||
if (disk_initialize()) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// get number of blocks
|
||||
BlockCount = disk_sectors();
|
||||
|
||||
// get memory size
|
||||
MemorySize = disk_size();
|
||||
|
||||
if (BlockCount > 0) {
|
||||
BlockSize = MemorySize / BlockCount;
|
||||
if (BlockSize != 0) {
|
||||
page = (uint8_t *)malloc(BlockSize * sizeof(uint8_t));
|
||||
if (page == NULL)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//connect the device
|
||||
USBDevice::connect();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMSD::reset() {
|
||||
stage = READ_CBW;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context called when a data is received
|
||||
bool USBMSD::EP2_OUT_callback() {
|
||||
uint32_t size = 0;
|
||||
uint8_t buf[MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK];
|
||||
readEP(EPBULK_OUT, buf, &size, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
switch (stage) {
|
||||
// the device has to decode the CBW received
|
||||
case READ_CBW:
|
||||
CBWDecode(buf, size);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
// the device has to receive data from the host
|
||||
case PROCESS_CBW:
|
||||
switch (cbw.CB[0]) {
|
||||
case WRITE10:
|
||||
case WRITE12:
|
||||
memoryWrite(buf, size);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case VERIFY10:
|
||||
memoryVerify(buf, size);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
// an error has occured: stall endpoint and send CSW
|
||||
default:
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_OUT);
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_ERROR;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//reactivate readings on the OUT bulk endpoint
|
||||
readStart(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context when a data has been transferred
|
||||
bool USBMSD::EP2_IN_callback() {
|
||||
switch (stage) {
|
||||
|
||||
// the device has to send data to the host
|
||||
case PROCESS_CBW:
|
||||
switch (cbw.CB[0]) {
|
||||
case READ10:
|
||||
case READ12:
|
||||
memoryRead();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
//the device has to send a CSW
|
||||
case SEND_CSW:
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
// an error has occured
|
||||
case ERROR:
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_IN);
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
// the host has received the CSW -> we wait a CBW
|
||||
case WAIT_CSW:
|
||||
stage = READ_CBW;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMSD::memoryWrite (uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size) {
|
||||
|
||||
if ((addr + size) > MemorySize) {
|
||||
size = MemorySize - addr;
|
||||
stage = ERROR;
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_OUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// we fill an array in RAM of 1 block before writing it in memory
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
|
||||
page[addr%BlockSize + i] = buf[i];
|
||||
|
||||
// if the array is filled, write it in memory
|
||||
if (!((addr + size)%BlockSize)) {
|
||||
if (!(disk_status() & WRITE_PROTECT)) {
|
||||
disk_write(page, addr/BlockSize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
addr += size;
|
||||
length -= size;
|
||||
csw.DataResidue -= size;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((!length) || (stage != PROCESS_CBW)) {
|
||||
csw.Status = (stage == ERROR) ? CSW_FAILED : CSW_PASSED;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMSD::memoryVerify (uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size) {
|
||||
uint32_t n;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((addr + size) > MemorySize) {
|
||||
size = MemorySize - addr;
|
||||
stage = ERROR;
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_OUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// beginning of a new block -> load a whole block in RAM
|
||||
if (!(addr%BlockSize))
|
||||
disk_read(page, addr/BlockSize);
|
||||
|
||||
// info are in RAM -> no need to re-read memory
|
||||
for (n = 0; n < size; n++) {
|
||||
if (page[addr%BlockSize + n] != buf[n]) {
|
||||
memOK = false;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
addr += size;
|
||||
length -= size;
|
||||
csw.DataResidue -= size;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !length || (stage != PROCESS_CBW)) {
|
||||
csw.Status = (memOK && (stage == PROCESS_CBW)) ? CSW_PASSED : CSW_FAILED;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMSD::inquiryRequest (void) {
|
||||
uint8_t inquiry[] = { 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x01,
|
||||
36 - 4, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
'M', 'B', 'E', 'D', '.', 'O', 'R', 'G',
|
||||
'M', 'B', 'E', 'D', ' ', 'U', 'S', 'B', ' ', 'D', 'I', 'S', 'K', ' ', ' ', ' ',
|
||||
'1', '.', '0', ' ',
|
||||
};
|
||||
if (!write(inquiry, sizeof(inquiry))) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMSD::readFormatCapacity() {
|
||||
uint8_t capacity[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08,
|
||||
(BlockCount >> 24) & 0xff,
|
||||
(BlockCount >> 16) & 0xff,
|
||||
(BlockCount >> 8) & 0xff,
|
||||
(BlockCount >> 0) & 0xff,
|
||||
|
||||
0x02,
|
||||
(BlockSize >> 16) & 0xff,
|
||||
(BlockSize >> 8) & 0xff,
|
||||
(BlockSize >> 0) & 0xff,
|
||||
};
|
||||
if (!write(capacity, sizeof(capacity))) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMSD::readCapacity (void) {
|
||||
uint8_t capacity[] = {
|
||||
((BlockCount - 1) >> 24) & 0xff,
|
||||
((BlockCount - 1) >> 16) & 0xff,
|
||||
((BlockCount - 1) >> 8) & 0xff,
|
||||
((BlockCount - 1) >> 0) & 0xff,
|
||||
|
||||
(BlockSize >> 24) & 0xff,
|
||||
(BlockSize >> 16) & 0xff,
|
||||
(BlockSize >> 8) & 0xff,
|
||||
(BlockSize >> 0) & 0xff,
|
||||
};
|
||||
if (!write(capacity, sizeof(capacity))) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMSD::write (uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (size >= cbw.DataLength) {
|
||||
size = cbw.DataLength;
|
||||
}
|
||||
stage = SEND_CSW;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!writeNB(EPBULK_IN, buf, size, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
csw.DataResidue -= size;
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_PASSED;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMSD::modeSense6 (void) {
|
||||
uint8_t sense6[] = { 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
|
||||
if (!write(sense6, sizeof(sense6))) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMSD::sendCSW() {
|
||||
csw.Signature = CSW_Signature;
|
||||
writeNB(EPBULK_IN, (uint8_t *)&csw, sizeof(CSW), MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
stage = WAIT_CSW;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMSD::requestSense (void) {
|
||||
uint8_t request_sense[] = {
|
||||
0x70,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x05, // Sense Key: illegal request
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x0A,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x30,
|
||||
0x01,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
if (!write(request_sense, sizeof(request_sense))) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMSD::fail() {
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_FAILED;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMSD::CBWDecode(uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size) {
|
||||
if (size == sizeof(cbw)) {
|
||||
memcpy((uint8_t *)&cbw, buf, size);
|
||||
if (cbw.Signature == CBW_Signature) {
|
||||
csw.Tag = cbw.Tag;
|
||||
csw.DataResidue = cbw.DataLength;
|
||||
if ((cbw.CBLength < 1) || (cbw.CBLength > 16) ) {
|
||||
fail();
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
switch (cbw.CB[0]) {
|
||||
case TEST_UNIT_READY:
|
||||
testUnitReady();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case REQUEST_SENSE:
|
||||
requestSense();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case INQUIRY:
|
||||
inquiryRequest();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case MODE_SENSE6:
|
||||
modeSense6();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case READ_FORMAT_CAPACITIES:
|
||||
readFormatCapacity();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case READ_CAPACITY:
|
||||
readCapacity();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case READ10:
|
||||
case READ12:
|
||||
if (infoTransfer()) {
|
||||
if ((cbw.Flags & 0x80)) {
|
||||
stage = PROCESS_CBW;
|
||||
memoryRead();
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_OUT);
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_ERROR;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case WRITE10:
|
||||
case WRITE12:
|
||||
if (infoTransfer()) {
|
||||
if (!(cbw.Flags & 0x80)) {
|
||||
stage = PROCESS_CBW;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_IN);
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_ERROR;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case VERIFY10:
|
||||
if (!(cbw.CB[1] & 0x02)) {
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_PASSED;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (infoTransfer()) {
|
||||
if (!(cbw.Flags & 0x80)) {
|
||||
stage = PROCESS_CBW;
|
||||
memOK = true;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_IN);
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_ERROR;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case MEDIA_REMOVAL:
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_PASSED;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
fail();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMSD::testUnitReady (void) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (cbw.DataLength != 0) {
|
||||
if ((cbw.Flags & 0x80) != 0) {
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_IN);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_OUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_PASSED;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USBMSD::memoryRead (void) {
|
||||
uint32_t n;
|
||||
|
||||
n = (length > MAX_PACKET) ? MAX_PACKET : length;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((addr + n) > MemorySize) {
|
||||
n = MemorySize - addr;
|
||||
stage = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// we read an entire block
|
||||
if (!(addr%BlockSize))
|
||||
disk_read(page, addr/BlockSize);
|
||||
|
||||
// write data which are in RAM
|
||||
writeNB(EPBULK_IN, &page[addr%BlockSize], n, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
|
||||
addr += n;
|
||||
length -= n;
|
||||
|
||||
csw.DataResidue -= n;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !length || (stage != PROCESS_CBW)) {
|
||||
csw.Status = (stage == PROCESS_CBW) ? CSW_PASSED : CSW_FAILED;
|
||||
stage = (stage == PROCESS_CBW) ? SEND_CSW : stage;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBMSD::infoTransfer (void) {
|
||||
uint32_t n;
|
||||
|
||||
// Logical Block Address of First Block
|
||||
n = (cbw.CB[2] << 24) | (cbw.CB[3] << 16) | (cbw.CB[4] << 8) | (cbw.CB[5] << 0);
|
||||
|
||||
addr = n * BlockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of Blocks to transfer
|
||||
switch (cbw.CB[0]) {
|
||||
case READ10:
|
||||
case WRITE10:
|
||||
case VERIFY10:
|
||||
n = (cbw.CB[7] << 8) | (cbw.CB[8] << 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case READ12:
|
||||
case WRITE12:
|
||||
n = (cbw.CB[6] << 24) | (cbw.CB[7] << 16) | (cbw.CB[8] << 8) | (cbw.CB[9] << 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
length = n * BlockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!cbw.DataLength) { // host requests no data
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_FAILED;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cbw.DataLength != length) {
|
||||
if ((cbw.Flags & 0x80) != 0) {
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_IN);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
stallEndpoint(EPBULK_OUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
csw.Status = CSW_FAILED;
|
||||
sendCSW();
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context
|
||||
// Set configuration. Return false if the
|
||||
// configuration is not supported.
|
||||
bool USBMSD::USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration) {
|
||||
if (configuration != DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure endpoints > 0
|
||||
addEndpoint(EPBULK_IN, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
addEndpoint(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
|
||||
//activate readings
|
||||
readStart(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBMSD::stringIinterfaceDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIinterfaceDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x08, //bLength
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, //bDescriptorType 0x03
|
||||
'M',0,'S',0,'D',0 //bString iInterface - MSD
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIinterfaceDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBMSD::stringIproductDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIproductDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x12, //bLength
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR, //bDescriptorType 0x03
|
||||
'M',0,'b',0,'e',0,'d',0,' ',0,'M',0,'S',0,'D',0 //bString iProduct - Mbed Audio
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIproductDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBMSD::configurationDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t configDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
// Configuration 1
|
||||
9, // bLength
|
||||
2, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(9 + 9 + 7 + 7), // wTotalLength
|
||||
MSB(9 + 9 + 7 + 7),
|
||||
0x01, // bNumInterfaces
|
||||
0x01, // bConfigurationValue: 0x01 is used to select this configuration
|
||||
0x00, // iConfiguration: no string to describe this configuration
|
||||
0xC0, // bmAttributes
|
||||
100, // bMaxPower, device power consumption is 100 mA
|
||||
|
||||
// Interface 0, Alternate Setting 0, MSC Class
|
||||
9, // bLength
|
||||
4, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0x00, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
0x02, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
0x08, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
0x06, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
0x50, // bInterfaceProtocol
|
||||
0x04, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
// endpoint descriptor, USB spec 9.6.6, page 269-271, Table 9-13
|
||||
7, // bLength
|
||||
5, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPBULK_IN), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
0x02, // bmAttributes (0x02=bulk)
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK),// wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK),// wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
0, // bInterval
|
||||
|
||||
// endpoint descriptor, USB spec 9.6.6, page 269-271, Table 9-13
|
||||
7, // bLength
|
||||
5, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPBULK_OUT), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
0x02, // bmAttributes (0x02=bulk)
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK),// wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK),// wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
0 // bInterval
|
||||
};
|
||||
return configDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBMSD_H
|
||||
#define USBMSD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* These headers are included for child class. */
|
||||
#include "USBEndpoints.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDescriptor.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDevice_Types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBDevice.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* USBMSD class: generic class in order to use all kinds of blocks storage chip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Introduction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The USBMSD implements the MSD protocol. It permits to access a memory chip (flash, sdcard,...)
|
||||
* from a computer over USB. But this class doesn't work standalone, you need to subclass this class
|
||||
* and define virtual functions which are called in USBMSD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* How to use this class with your chip ?
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You have to inherit and define some pure virtual functions (mandatory step):
|
||||
* - virtual int disk_read(char * data, int block): function to read a block
|
||||
* - virtual int disk_write(const char * data, int block): function to write a block
|
||||
* - virtual int disk_initialize(): function to initialize the memory
|
||||
* - virtual int disk_sectors(): return the number of blocks
|
||||
* - virtual int disk_size(): return the memory size
|
||||
* - virtual int disk_status(): return the status of the storage chip (0: OK, 1: not initialized, 2: no medium in the drive, 4: write protection)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All functions names are compatible with the fat filesystem library. So you can imagine using your own class with
|
||||
* USBMSD and the fat filesystem library in the same program. Just be careful because there are two different parts which
|
||||
* will access the sd card. You can do a master/slave system using the disk_status method.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Once these functions defined, you can call connect() (at the end of the constructor of your class for instance)
|
||||
* of USBMSD to connect your mass storage device. connect() will first call disk_status() to test the status of the disk.
|
||||
* If disk_status() returns 1 (disk not initialized), then disk_initialize() is called. After this step, connect() will collect information
|
||||
* such as the number of blocks and the memory size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class USBMSD: public USBDevice {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vendor_id Your vendor_id
|
||||
* @param product_id Your product_id
|
||||
* @param product_release Your preoduct_release
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USBMSD(uint16_t vendor_id = 0x0703, uint16_t product_id = 0x0104, uint16_t product_release = 0x0001);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Connect the USB MSD device. Establish disk initialization before really connect the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool connect();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* read a block on a storage chip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data pointer where will be stored read data
|
||||
* @param block block number
|
||||
* @returns 0 if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual int disk_read(uint8_t * data, uint64_t block) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* write a block on a storage chip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data data to write
|
||||
* @param block block number
|
||||
* @returns 0 if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual int disk_write(const uint8_t * data, uint64_t block) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Disk initilization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual int disk_initialize() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Return the number of blocks
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns number of blocks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint64_t disk_sectors() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Return memory size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns memory size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint64_t disk_size() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* To check the status of the storage chip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns status: 0: OK, 1: disk not initialized, 2: no medium in the drive, 4: write protected
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual int disk_status() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string product descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string product descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIproductDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string interface descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string interface descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIinterfaceDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get configuration descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the configuration descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * configurationDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Callback called when a packet is received
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool EP2_OUT_callback();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Callback called when a packet has been sent
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool EP2_IN_callback();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Set configuration of device. Add endpoints
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Callback called to process class specific requests
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_request();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
// MSC Bulk-only Stage
|
||||
enum Stage {
|
||||
READ_CBW, // wait a CBW
|
||||
ERROR, // error
|
||||
PROCESS_CBW, // process a CBW request
|
||||
SEND_CSW, // send a CSW
|
||||
WAIT_CSW, // wait that a CSW has been effectively sent
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Bulk-only CBW
|
||||
typedef __packed struct {
|
||||
uint32_t Signature;
|
||||
uint32_t Tag;
|
||||
uint32_t DataLength;
|
||||
uint8_t Flags;
|
||||
uint8_t LUN;
|
||||
uint8_t CBLength;
|
||||
uint8_t CB[16];
|
||||
} CBW;
|
||||
|
||||
// Bulk-only CSW
|
||||
typedef __packed struct {
|
||||
uint32_t Signature;
|
||||
uint32_t Tag;
|
||||
uint32_t DataResidue;
|
||||
uint8_t Status;
|
||||
} CSW;
|
||||
|
||||
//state of the bulk-only state machine
|
||||
Stage stage;
|
||||
|
||||
// current CBW
|
||||
CBW cbw;
|
||||
|
||||
// CSW which will be sent
|
||||
CSW csw;
|
||||
|
||||
// addr where will be read or written data
|
||||
uint32_t addr;
|
||||
|
||||
// length of a reading or writing
|
||||
uint32_t length;
|
||||
|
||||
// memory OK (after a memoryVerify)
|
||||
bool memOK;
|
||||
|
||||
// cache in RAM before writing in memory. Useful also to read a block.
|
||||
uint8_t * page;
|
||||
|
||||
int BlockSize;
|
||||
uint64_t MemorySize;
|
||||
uint64_t BlockCount;
|
||||
|
||||
void CBWDecode(uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size);
|
||||
void sendCSW (void);
|
||||
bool inquiryRequest (void);
|
||||
bool write (uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size);
|
||||
bool readFormatCapacity();
|
||||
bool readCapacity (void);
|
||||
bool infoTransfer (void);
|
||||
void memoryRead (void);
|
||||
bool modeSense6 (void);
|
||||
void testUnitReady (void);
|
||||
bool requestSense (void);
|
||||
void memoryVerify (uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size);
|
||||
void memoryWrite (uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size);
|
||||
void reset();
|
||||
void fail();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CIRCBUFFER_H
|
||||
#define CIRCBUFFER_H
|
||||
|
||||
template <class T>
|
||||
class CircBuffer {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
CircBuffer(int length) {
|
||||
write = 0;
|
||||
read = 0;
|
||||
size = length + 1;
|
||||
buf = (T *)malloc(size * sizeof(T));
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool isFull() {
|
||||
return ((write + 1) % size == read);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool isEmpty() {
|
||||
return (read == write);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void queue(T k) {
|
||||
if (isFull()) {
|
||||
read++;
|
||||
read %= size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
buf[write++] = k;
|
||||
write %= size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t available() {
|
||||
return (write >= read) ? write - read : size - read + write;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool dequeue(T * c) {
|
||||
bool empty = isEmpty();
|
||||
if (!empty) {
|
||||
*c = buf[read++];
|
||||
read %= size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return(!empty);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
volatile uint16_t write;
|
||||
volatile uint16_t read;
|
||||
uint16_t size;
|
||||
T * buf;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
#include "USBCDC.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static uint8_t cdc_line_coding[7]= {0x80, 0x25, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08};
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION (1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define CDC_SET_LINE_CODING 0x20
|
||||
#define CDC_GET_LINE_CODING 0x21
|
||||
#define CDC_SET_CONTROL_LINE_STATE 0x22
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_CDC_REPORT_SIZE MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK
|
||||
|
||||
USBCDC::USBCDC(uint16_t vendor_id, uint16_t product_id, uint16_t product_release): USBDevice(vendor_id, product_id, product_release) {
|
||||
terminal_connected = false;
|
||||
USBDevice::connect();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBCDC::USBCallback_request(void) {
|
||||
/* Called in ISR context */
|
||||
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
CONTROL_TRANSFER * transfer = getTransferPtr();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process class-specific requests */
|
||||
|
||||
if (transfer->setup.bmRequestType.Type == CLASS_TYPE) {
|
||||
switch (transfer->setup.bRequest) {
|
||||
case CDC_GET_LINE_CODING:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 7;
|
||||
transfer->ptr = cdc_line_coding;
|
||||
transfer->direction = DEVICE_TO_HOST;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CDC_SET_LINE_CODING:
|
||||
transfer->remaining = 7;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
terminal_connected = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CDC_SET_CONTROL_LINE_STATE:
|
||||
terminal_connected = false;
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Called in ISR context
|
||||
// Set configuration. Return false if the
|
||||
// configuration is not supported.
|
||||
bool USBCDC::USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration) {
|
||||
if (configuration != DEFAULT_CONFIGURATION) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure endpoints > 0
|
||||
addEndpoint(EPINT_IN, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT);
|
||||
addEndpoint(EPBULK_IN, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
addEndpoint(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
|
||||
// We activate the endpoint to be able to recceive data
|
||||
readStart(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBCDC::send(uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t size) {
|
||||
return USBDevice::write(EPBULK_IN, buffer, size, MAX_CDC_REPORT_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBCDC::readEP(uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t * size) {
|
||||
if (!USBDevice::readEP(EPBULK_OUT, buffer, size, MAX_CDC_REPORT_SIZE))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!readStart(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_CDC_REPORT_SIZE))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBCDC::readEP_NB(uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t * size) {
|
||||
if (!USBDevice::readEP_NB(EPBULK_OUT, buffer, size, MAX_CDC_REPORT_SIZE))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!readStart(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_CDC_REPORT_SIZE))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBCDC::deviceDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t deviceDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
18, // bLength
|
||||
1, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x10, 0x01, // bcdUSB
|
||||
2, // bDeviceClass
|
||||
0, // bDeviceSubClass
|
||||
0, // bDeviceProtocol
|
||||
MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EP0, // bMaxPacketSize0
|
||||
LSB(VENDOR_ID), MSB(VENDOR_ID), // idVendor
|
||||
LSB(PRODUCT_ID), MSB(PRODUCT_ID),// idProduct
|
||||
0x00, 0x01, // bcdDevice
|
||||
1, // iManufacturer
|
||||
2, // iProduct
|
||||
3, // iSerialNumber
|
||||
1 // bNumConfigurations
|
||||
};
|
||||
return deviceDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBCDC::stringIinterfaceDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIinterfaceDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x08,
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR,
|
||||
'C',0,'D',0,'C',0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIinterfaceDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBCDC::stringIproductDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t stringIproductDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
0x16,
|
||||
STRING_DESCRIPTOR,
|
||||
'C',0,'D',0,'C',0,' ',0,'D',0,'E',0,'V',0,'I',0,'C',0,'E',0
|
||||
};
|
||||
return stringIproductDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define CONFIG1_DESC_SIZE (9+8+9+5+5+4+5+7+9+7+7)
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t * USBCDC::configurationDesc() {
|
||||
static uint8_t configDescriptor[] = {
|
||||
// configuration descriptor
|
||||
9, // bLength
|
||||
2, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
LSB(CONFIG1_DESC_SIZE), // wTotalLength
|
||||
MSB(CONFIG1_DESC_SIZE),
|
||||
2, // bNumInterfaces
|
||||
1, // bConfigurationValue
|
||||
0, // iConfiguration
|
||||
0x80, // bmAttributes
|
||||
50, // bMaxPower
|
||||
|
||||
// IAD to associate the two CDC interfaces
|
||||
0x08, // bLength
|
||||
0x0b, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x00, // bFirstInterface
|
||||
0x02, // bInterfaceCount
|
||||
0x02, // bFunctionClass
|
||||
0x02, // bFunctionSubClass
|
||||
0, // bFunctionProtocol
|
||||
0, // iFunction
|
||||
|
||||
// interface descriptor, USB spec 9.6.5, page 267-269, Table 9-12
|
||||
9, // bLength
|
||||
4, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
1, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
0x02, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
0x02, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
0x01, // bInterfaceProtocol
|
||||
0, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
// CDC Header Functional Descriptor, CDC Spec 5.2.3.1, Table 26
|
||||
5, // bFunctionLength
|
||||
0x24, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x00, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x10, 0x01, // bcdCDC
|
||||
|
||||
// Call Management Functional Descriptor, CDC Spec 5.2.3.2, Table 27
|
||||
5, // bFunctionLength
|
||||
0x24, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x01, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x03, // bmCapabilities
|
||||
1, // bDataInterface
|
||||
|
||||
// Abstract Control Management Functional Descriptor, CDC Spec 5.2.3.3, Table 28
|
||||
4, // bFunctionLength
|
||||
0x24, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x02, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0x06, // bmCapabilities
|
||||
|
||||
// Union Functional Descriptor, CDC Spec 5.2.3.8, Table 33
|
||||
5, // bFunctionLength
|
||||
0x24, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
0x06, // bDescriptorSubtype
|
||||
0, // bMasterInterface
|
||||
1, // bSlaveInterface0
|
||||
|
||||
// endpoint descriptor, USB spec 9.6.6, page 269-271, Table 9-13
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPINT_IN), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_INTERRUPT, // bmAttributes (0x03=intr)
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPINT), // wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
16, // bInterval
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// interface descriptor, USB spec 9.6.5, page 267-269, Table 9-12
|
||||
9, // bLength
|
||||
4, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
1, // bInterfaceNumber
|
||||
0, // bAlternateSetting
|
||||
2, // bNumEndpoints
|
||||
0x0A, // bInterfaceClass
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceSubClass
|
||||
0x00, // bInterfaceProtocol
|
||||
0, // iInterface
|
||||
|
||||
// endpoint descriptor, USB spec 9.6.6, page 269-271, Table 9-13
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPBULK_IN), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_BULK, // bmAttributes (0x02=bulk)
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK),// wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK),// wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
0, // bInterval
|
||||
|
||||
// endpoint descriptor, USB spec 9.6.6, page 269-271, Table 9-13
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, // bLength
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR, // bDescriptorType
|
||||
PHY_TO_DESC(EPBULK_OUT), // bEndpointAddress
|
||||
E_BULK, // bmAttributes (0x02=bulk)
|
||||
LSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK),// wMaxPacketSize (LSB)
|
||||
MSB(MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK),// wMaxPacketSize (MSB)
|
||||
0 // bInterval
|
||||
};
|
||||
return configDescriptor;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBCDC_H
|
||||
#define USBCDC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* These headers are included for child class. */
|
||||
#include "USBEndpoints.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDescriptor.h"
|
||||
#include "USBDevice_Types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBDevice.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class USBCDC: public USBDevice {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vendor_id Your vendor_id
|
||||
* @param product_id Your product_id
|
||||
* @param product_release Your preoduct_release
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USBCDC(uint16_t vendor_id, uint16_t product_id, uint16_t product_release);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get device descriptor. Warning: this method has to store the length of the report descriptor in reportLength.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the device descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * deviceDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string product descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string product descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIproductDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get string interface descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the string interface descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * stringIinterfaceDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get configuration descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns pointer to the configuration descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual uint8_t * configurationDesc();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Send a buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param endpoint endpoint which will be sent the buffer
|
||||
* @param buffer buffer to be sent
|
||||
* @param size length of the buffer
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool send(uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Read a buffer from a certain endpoint. Warning: blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param endpoint endpoint to read
|
||||
* @param buffer buffer where will be stored bytes
|
||||
* @param size the number of bytes read will be stored in *size
|
||||
* @param maxSize the maximum length that can be read
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool readEP(uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t * size);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Read a buffer from a certain endpoint. Warning: non blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param endpoint endpoint to read
|
||||
* @param buffer buffer where will be stored bytes
|
||||
* @param size the number of bytes read will be stored in *size
|
||||
* @param maxSize the maximum length that can be read
|
||||
* @returns true if successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool readEP_NB(uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t * size);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_request();
|
||||
virtual bool USBCallback_setConfiguration(uint8_t configuration);
|
||||
volatile bool terminal_connected;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||
#include "USBSerial.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int USBSerial::_putc(int c) {
|
||||
if (!terminal_connected)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
send((uint8_t *)&c, 1);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int USBSerial::_getc() {
|
||||
uint8_t c;
|
||||
while (buf.isEmpty());
|
||||
buf.dequeue(&c);
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBSerial::writeBlock(uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size) {
|
||||
if(size > MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!send(buf, size)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool USBSerial::EP2_OUT_callback() {
|
||||
uint8_t c[65];
|
||||
uint32_t size = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//we read the packet received and put it on the circular buffer
|
||||
readEP(c, &size);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) {
|
||||
buf.queue(c[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//call a potential handler
|
||||
rx.call();
|
||||
|
||||
// We reactivate the endpoint to receive next characters
|
||||
readStart(EPBULK_OUT, MAX_PACKET_SIZE_EPBULK);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t USBSerial::available() {
|
||||
return buf.available();
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 mbed.org, MIT License
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software
|
||||
* and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
|
||||
* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
|
||||
* substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||||
* BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
|
||||
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USBSERIAL_H
|
||||
#define USBSERIAL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "USBCDC.h"
|
||||
#include "Stream.h"
|
||||
#include "CircBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* USBSerial example
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* #include "mbed.h"
|
||||
* #include "USBSerial.h"
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //Virtual serial port over USB
|
||||
* USBSerial serial;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* int main(void) {
|
||||
*
|
||||
* while(1)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* serial.printf("I am a virtual serial port\n");
|
||||
* wait(1);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class USBSerial: public USBCDC, public Stream {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vendor_id Your vendor_id (default: 0x1f00)
|
||||
* @param product_id Your product_id (default: 0x2012)
|
||||
* @param product_release Your preoduct_release (default: 0x0001)
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USBSerial(uint16_t vendor_id = 0x1f00, uint16_t product_id = 0x2012, uint16_t product_release = 0x0001): USBCDC(vendor_id, product_id, product_release), buf(128){ };
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a character. You can use puts, printf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c character to be sent
|
||||
* @returns true if there is no error, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual int _putc(int c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a character: blocking
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns character read
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual int _getc();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check the number of bytes available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the number of bytes available
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t available();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a block of data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more efficiency, a block of size 64 (maximum size of a bulk endpoint) has to be written.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf pointer on data which will be written
|
||||
* @param size size of the buffer. The maximum size of a block is limited by the size of the endpoint (64 bytes)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns true if successfull
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool writeBlock(uint8_t * buf, uint16_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Attach a member function to call when a packet is received.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tptr pointer to the object to call the member function on
|
||||
* @param mptr pointer to the member function to be called
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
void attach(T* tptr, void (T::*mptr)(void)) {
|
||||
if((mptr != NULL) && (tptr != NULL)) {
|
||||
rx.attach(tptr, mptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Attach a callback called when a packet is received
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fptr function pointer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void attach(void (*fn)(void)) {
|
||||
if(fn != NULL) {
|
||||
rx.attach(fn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool EP2_OUT_callback();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
FunctionPointer rx;
|
||||
CircBuffer<uint8_t> buf;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
Binary file not shown.
|
@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
|||
lwip/api/tcpip.c: tcpip_init -> tcpip_thread
|
||||
|
||||
lwip/core/netif.c: netif_add
|
||||
lwip/arch/lpc17_emac.c: lpc_enetif_init -> packet_rx, packet_tx
|
||||
|
||||
=== tcpip_thread ===
|
||||
while (true):
|
||||
sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch(&mbox, (void **)&msg)
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
Feeding the tcpip_thread mbox:
|
||||
tcpip_input
|
||||
tcpip_callback_with_block
|
||||
tcpip_timeout
|
||||
tcpip_untimeout
|
||||
tcpip_apimsg
|
||||
tcpip_netifapi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
=== packet_rx ===
|
||||
while (true):
|
||||
sys_arch_sem_wait(&lpc_enetif->RxSem, osWaitForever)
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
Feeding the RX semaphore:
|
||||
ENET_IRQHandler
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
=== packet_tx ===
|
||||
while (true):
|
||||
sys_arch_sem_wait(&lpc_enetif->TxCleanSem, osWaitForever)
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
Feeding the TX semaphore:
|
||||
ENET_IRQHandler
|
Binary file not shown.
|
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
|||
lwip-1.4.0:
|
||||
http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/lwip/lwip-1.4.0.zip
|
||||
|
||||
NXP lwIP port:
|
||||
http://sw.lpcware.com/index.php?p=lwip_lpc.git&a=snapshot&h=7b84446afe97af955acad1d720696a0de73ab7cf&fmt=zip
|
||||
|
||||
NXP Driver Library (needed for Ethernet defines)
|
||||
http://ics.nxp.com/support/documents/microcontrollers/zip/lpc17xx.cmsis.driver.library.zip
|
||||
|
||||
# lwip library
|
||||
lwip-1.4.0\src
|
||||
api
|
||||
core
|
||||
include
|
||||
netif
|
||||
|
||||
# lwip-eth library
|
||||
lwip_lpc\nxpcommon\
|
||||
examples/lpc177x_8x/ea1788/ea1788_tcpecho_freertos/source/configs/flash/lpc_emac_config.h
|
||||
lpc_phy_dp83848.c
|
||||
lpc_phy.h
|
||||
arch\lpc177x_8x\lpc17_emac.c
|
||||
arch\lpc177x_8x\lpc17_emac.h
|
||||
lpc17xx.cmsis.driver.library\Drivers\include
|
||||
lpc17xx_emac.h
|
||||
|
||||
# lwip-sys library
|
||||
lwip_lpc\nxpcommon\arch
|
||||
cc.h
|
||||
perf.h
|
||||
touch sys_arch.c
|
||||
touch sys_arch.h
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
|
|||
sys_arch interface for lwIP 0.6++
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Adam Dunkels
|
||||
|
||||
The operating system emulation layer provides a common interface
|
||||
between the lwIP code and the underlying operating system kernel. The
|
||||
general idea is that porting lwIP to new architectures requires only
|
||||
small changes to a few header files and a new sys_arch
|
||||
implementation. It is also possible to do a sys_arch implementation
|
||||
that does not rely on any underlying operating system.
|
||||
|
||||
The sys_arch provides semaphores and mailboxes to lwIP. For the full
|
||||
lwIP functionality, multiple threads support can be implemented in the
|
||||
sys_arch, but this is not required for the basic lwIP
|
||||
functionality. Previous versions of lwIP required the sys_arch to
|
||||
implement timer scheduling as well but as of lwIP 0.5 this is
|
||||
implemented in a higher layer.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the source file providing the functionality of sys_arch,
|
||||
the OS emulation layer must provide several header files defining
|
||||
macros used throughout lwip. The files required and the macros they
|
||||
must define are listed below the sys_arch description.
|
||||
|
||||
Semaphores can be either counting or binary - lwIP works with both
|
||||
kinds. Mailboxes are used for message passing and can be implemented
|
||||
either as a queue which allows multiple messages to be posted to a
|
||||
mailbox, or as a rendez-vous point where only one message can be
|
||||
posted at a time. lwIP works with both kinds, but the former type will
|
||||
be more efficient. A message in a mailbox is just a pointer, nothing
|
||||
more.
|
||||
|
||||
Semaphores are represented by the type "sys_sem_t" which is typedef'd
|
||||
in the sys_arch.h file. Mailboxes are equivalently represented by the
|
||||
type "sys_mbox_t". lwIP does not place any restrictions on how
|
||||
sys_sem_t or sys_mbox_t are represented internally.
|
||||
|
||||
The following functions must be implemented by the sys_arch:
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_init(void)
|
||||
|
||||
Is called to initialize the sys_arch layer.
|
||||
|
||||
- sys_sem_t sys_sem_new(u8_t count)
|
||||
|
||||
Creates and returns a new semaphore. The "count" argument specifies
|
||||
the initial state of the semaphore.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_sem_free(sys_sem_t sem)
|
||||
|
||||
Deallocates a semaphore.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_sem_signal(sys_sem_t sem)
|
||||
|
||||
Signals a semaphore.
|
||||
|
||||
- u32_t sys_arch_sem_wait(sys_sem_t sem, u32_t timeout)
|
||||
|
||||
Blocks the thread while waiting for the semaphore to be
|
||||
signaled. If the "timeout" argument is non-zero, the thread should
|
||||
only be blocked for the specified time (measured in
|
||||
milliseconds). If the "timeout" argument is zero, the thread should be
|
||||
blocked until the semaphore is signalled.
|
||||
|
||||
If the timeout argument is non-zero, the return value is the number of
|
||||
milliseconds spent waiting for the semaphore to be signaled. If the
|
||||
semaphore wasn't signaled within the specified time, the return value is
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT. If the thread didn't have to wait for the semaphore
|
||||
(i.e., it was already signaled), the function may return zero.
|
||||
|
||||
Notice that lwIP implements a function with a similar name,
|
||||
sys_sem_wait(), that uses the sys_arch_sem_wait() function.
|
||||
|
||||
- sys_mbox_t sys_mbox_new(int size)
|
||||
|
||||
Creates an empty mailbox for maximum "size" elements. Elements stored
|
||||
in mailboxes are pointers. You have to define macros "_MBOX_SIZE"
|
||||
in your lwipopts.h, or ignore this parameter in your implementation
|
||||
and use a default size.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_mbox_free(sys_mbox_t mbox)
|
||||
|
||||
Deallocates a mailbox. If there are messages still present in the
|
||||
mailbox when the mailbox is deallocated, it is an indication of a
|
||||
programming error in lwIP and the developer should be notified.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_mbox_post(sys_mbox_t mbox, void *msg)
|
||||
|
||||
Posts the "msg" to the mailbox. This function have to block until
|
||||
the "msg" is really posted.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t sys_mbox_trypost(sys_mbox_t mbox, void *msg)
|
||||
|
||||
Try to post the "msg" to the mailbox. Returns ERR_MEM if this one
|
||||
is full, else, ERR_OK if the "msg" is posted.
|
||||
|
||||
- u32_t sys_arch_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t mbox, void **msg, u32_t timeout)
|
||||
|
||||
Blocks the thread until a message arrives in the mailbox, but does
|
||||
not block the thread longer than "timeout" milliseconds (similar to
|
||||
the sys_arch_sem_wait() function). If "timeout" is 0, the thread should
|
||||
be blocked until a message arrives. The "msg" argument is a result
|
||||
parameter that is set by the function (i.e., by doing "*msg =
|
||||
ptr"). The "msg" parameter maybe NULL to indicate that the message
|
||||
should be dropped.
|
||||
|
||||
The return values are the same as for the sys_arch_sem_wait() function:
|
||||
Number of milliseconds spent waiting or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT if there was a
|
||||
timeout.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that a function with a similar name, sys_mbox_fetch(), is
|
||||
implemented by lwIP.
|
||||
|
||||
- u32_t sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(sys_mbox_t mbox, void **msg)
|
||||
|
||||
This is similar to sys_arch_mbox_fetch, however if a message is not
|
||||
present in the mailbox, it immediately returns with the code
|
||||
SYS_MBOX_EMPTY. On success 0 is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
To allow for efficient implementations, this can be defined as a
|
||||
function-like macro in sys_arch.h instead of a normal function. For
|
||||
example, a naive implementation could be:
|
||||
#define sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(mbox,msg) \
|
||||
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox,msg,1)
|
||||
although this would introduce unnecessary delays.
|
||||
|
||||
If threads are supported by the underlying operating system and if
|
||||
such functionality is needed in lwIP, the following function will have
|
||||
to be implemented as well:
|
||||
|
||||
- sys_thread_t sys_thread_new(char *name, void (* thread)(void *arg), void *arg, int stacksize, int prio)
|
||||
|
||||
Starts a new thread named "name" with priority "prio" that will begin its
|
||||
execution in the function "thread()". The "arg" argument will be passed as an
|
||||
argument to the thread() function. The stack size to used for this thread is
|
||||
the "stacksize" parameter. The id of the new thread is returned. Both the id
|
||||
and the priority are system dependent.
|
||||
|
||||
- sys_prot_t sys_arch_protect(void)
|
||||
|
||||
This optional function does a "fast" critical region protection and returns
|
||||
the previous protection level. This function is only called during very short
|
||||
critical regions. An embedded system which supports ISR-based drivers might
|
||||
want to implement this function by disabling interrupts. Task-based systems
|
||||
might want to implement this by using a mutex or disabling tasking. This
|
||||
function should support recursive calls from the same task or interrupt. In
|
||||
other words, sys_arch_protect() could be called while already protected. In
|
||||
that case the return value indicates that it is already protected.
|
||||
|
||||
sys_arch_protect() is only required if your port is supporting an operating
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_arch_unprotect(sys_prot_t pval)
|
||||
|
||||
This optional function does a "fast" set of critical region protection to the
|
||||
value specified by pval. See the documentation for sys_arch_protect() for
|
||||
more information. This function is only required if your port is supporting
|
||||
an operating system.
|
||||
|
||||
Note:
|
||||
|
||||
Be carefull with using mem_malloc() in sys_arch. When malloc() refers to
|
||||
mem_malloc() you can run into a circular function call problem. In mem.c
|
||||
mem_init() tries to allcate a semaphore using mem_malloc, which of course
|
||||
can't be performed when sys_arch uses mem_malloc.
|
||||
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Additional files required for the "OS support" emulation layer:
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
cc.h - Architecture environment, some compiler specific, some
|
||||
environment specific (probably should move env stuff
|
||||
to sys_arch.h.)
|
||||
|
||||
Typedefs for the types used by lwip -
|
||||
u8_t, s8_t, u16_t, s16_t, u32_t, s32_t, mem_ptr_t
|
||||
|
||||
Compiler hints for packing lwip's structures -
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x)
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
|
||||
Platform specific diagnostic output -
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(x) - non-fatal, print a message.
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x) - fatal, print message and abandon execution.
|
||||
Portability defines for printf formatters:
|
||||
U16_F, S16_F, X16_F, U32_F, S32_F, X32_F, SZT_F
|
||||
|
||||
"lightweight" synchronization mechanisms -
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(x) - declare a protection state variable.
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(x) - enter protection mode.
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(x) - leave protection mode.
|
||||
|
||||
If the compiler does not provide memset() this file must include a
|
||||
definition of it, or include a file which defines it.
|
||||
|
||||
This file must either include a system-local <errno.h> which defines
|
||||
the standard *nix error codes, or it should #define LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO
|
||||
to make lwip/arch.h define the codes which are used throughout.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
perf.h - Architecture specific performance measurement.
|
||||
Measurement calls made throughout lwip, these can be defined to nothing.
|
||||
PERF_START - start measuring something.
|
||||
PERF_STOP(x) - stop measuring something, and record the result.
|
||||
|
||||
sys_arch.h - Tied to sys_arch.c
|
||||
|
||||
Arch dependent types for the following objects:
|
||||
sys_sem_t, sys_mbox_t, sys_thread_t,
|
||||
And, optionally:
|
||||
sys_prot_t
|
||||
|
||||
Defines to set vars of sys_mbox_t and sys_sem_t to NULL.
|
||||
SYS_MBOX_NULL NULL
|
||||
SYS_SEM_NULL NULL
|
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
|
@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
|||
=== Tasks ===
|
||||
|
||||
^ os_tsk.new->task_id ^ Tasks ^ Stack Size ^
|
||||
| 0x01 | Main | 4*OS_MAINSTKSIZE |
|
||||
| 0x02 | Timer | 4*OS_TIMERSTKSZ |
|
||||
| 0xFF | Idle | 4*OS_STKSIZE |
|
||||
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
|
||||
V os_tsk.run->tsk_stack
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MAGIC_WORD os_tsk.run->stack[0]
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
The current task structure is always pointed by:
|
||||
struct OS_TSK os_tsk;
|
||||
|
||||
=== Init Sequence ===
|
||||
OS:
|
||||
* osKernelInitialize
|
||||
* rt_sys_init
|
||||
* rt_init_context
|
||||
* rt_init_stack
|
||||
* rt_set_PSP
|
||||
* rt_init_robin
|
||||
* rt_svc_init
|
||||
|
||||
* set_main_stack
|
||||
|
||||
* osThreadCreate(os_thread_def_main)
|
||||
* rt_tsk_create
|
||||
* rt_init_context
|
||||
* rt_init_stack
|
||||
* rt_dispatch
|
||||
|
||||
* osKernelStart
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
|
|||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
|
||||
<profiles version="1">
|
||||
<profile kind="CodeFormatterProfile" name="mbed K&R" version="1">
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_paren_in_method_declaration" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_for" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_in_empty_block" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.lineSplit" value="80"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_member_access" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_base_types" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.keep_else_statement_on_same_line" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_switchstatements_compare_to_switch" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_constructor_initializer_list" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_brace_in_array_initializer" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_method_declaration_parameters" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_if" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_parenthesized_expression" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_exception_specification" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_base_types" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_body_declarations_compare_to_access_specifier" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_exception_specification" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_template_arguments" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_brace_in_block" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_method_declaration" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.use_tabs_only_for_leading_indentations" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_colon_in_labeled_statement" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_colon_in_case" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.comment.min_distance_between_code_and_line_comment" value="1"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_array_initializer" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_enum_declarations" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_expressions_in_array_initializer" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_declarator_list" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_bracket" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_for" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_prefix_operator" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.tabulation.size" value="4"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_before_else_in_if_statement" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_enumerator_list" value="50"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_parenthesized_expression" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_between_empty_parens_in_method_declaration" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_switch" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_declarator_list" value="16"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_paren_in_parenthesized_expression" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_empty_lines" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_switchstatements_compare_to_cases" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.keep_empty_array_initializer_on_one_line" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_brace_in_method_declaration" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.put_empty_statement_on_new_line" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_brace_in_switch" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_cast" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_between_empty_braces_in_array_initializer" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.brace_position_for_method_declaration" value="end_of_line"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_while" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_question_in_conditional" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_semicolon" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_closing_angle_bracket_in_template_arguments" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_colon_in_base_clause" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_breaks_compare_to_cases" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_unary_operator" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.join_wrapped_lines" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_declarator_list" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_arguments_in_method_invocation" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_paren_in_while" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_between_empty_brackets" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_bracket" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_parameters_in_method_declaration" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_before_closing_brace_in_array_initializer" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.number_of_empty_lines_to_preserve" value="1"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_method_invocation" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_brace_in_array_initializer" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_semicolon_in_for" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_colon_in_conditional" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.brace_position_for_block" value="end_of_line"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.comment.preserve_white_space_between_code_and_line_comments" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.brace_position_for_type_declaration" value="end_of_line"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_assignment_operator" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_angle_bracket_in_template_arguments" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_expression_list" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_angle_bracket_in_template_parameters" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.continuation_indentation" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_expression_list" value="0"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_method_declaration" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_template_parameters" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_colon_in_default" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_binary_operator" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_conditional_expression" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_between_empty_parens_in_method_invocation" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_array_initializer" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_if" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.format_guardian_clause_on_one_line" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_access_specifier_extra_spaces" value="0"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_cast" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_access_specifier_compare_to_type_header" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_brace_in_type_declaration" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.continuation_indentation_for_array_initializer" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_colon_in_labeled_statement" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_method_declaration_parameters" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_semicolon_in_for" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_method_invocation" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_body_declarations_compare_to_namespace_header" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_compact_if" value="16"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_assignment_operator" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_closing_brace_in_block" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_brace_in_array_initializer" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_at_end_of_file_if_missing" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_assignment" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_conditional_expression_chain" value="18"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_template_parameters" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_expression_list" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_question_in_conditional" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_paren_in_exception_specification" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_binary_operator" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_before_identifier_in_function_declaration" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_base_clause_in_type_declaration" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_method_declaration_throws" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_between_empty_parens_in_exception_specification" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_method_invocation_arguments" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_declaration_compare_to_template_header" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_unary_operator" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_paren_in_switch" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_statements_compare_to_body" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_method_declaration_throws" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_binary_expression" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indent_statements_compare_to_block" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_template_arguments" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_before_catch_in_try_statement" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_throws_clause_in_method_declaration" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_paren_in_method_invocation" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_closing_paren_in_cast" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_paren_in_catch" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_angle_bracket_in_template_parameters" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.tabulation.char" value="space"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_angle_bracket_in_template_parameters" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_before_colon_in_constructor_initializer_list" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_while" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_comma_in_method_invocation_arguments" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.brace_position_for_block_in_case" value="end_of_line"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.compact_else_if" value="true"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_postfix_operator" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_after_template_declaration" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_colon_in_base_clause" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_catch" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.keep_then_statement_on_same_line" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.brace_position_for_switch" value="end_of_line"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.alignment_for_overloaded_left_shift_chain" value="2"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_paren_in_if" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_paren_in_switch" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.keep_imple_if_on_one_line" value="false"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_after_opening_brace_in_array_initializer" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.indentation.size" value="4"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.brace_position_for_namespace_declaration" value="end_of_line"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_colon_in_conditional" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_comma_in_enum_declarations" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_prefix_operator" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_angle_bracket_in_template_arguments" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.brace_position_for_array_initializer" value="end_of_line"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_colon_in_case" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_paren_in_catch" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_brace_in_namespace_declaration" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_postfix_operator" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_closing_bracket" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_new_line_before_while_in_do_statement" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_before_opening_paren_in_for" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_closing_angle_bracket_in_template_parameters" value="insert"/>
|
||||
<setting id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.formatter.insert_space_after_opening_angle_bracket_in_template_arguments" value="do not insert"/>
|
||||
</profile>
|
||||
</profiles>
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_abs_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Vector absolute value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup BasicAbs Vector Absolute Value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Computes the absolute value of a vector on an element-by-element basis.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* pDst[n] = abs(pSrcA[n]), 0 <= n < blockSize.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The operation can be done in-place by setting the input and output pointers to the same buffer.
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q7, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicAbs
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point vector absolute value.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_abs_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrc,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t in1, in2, in3, in4; /* temporary variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = |A| */
|
||||
/* Calculate absolute and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
/* read sample from source */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* find absolute value */
|
||||
in1 = fabsf(in1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* read sample from source */
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* find absolute value */
|
||||
in2 = fabsf(in2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* read sample from source */
|
||||
*pDst = in1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* find absolute value */
|
||||
in3 = fabsf(in3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* find absolute value */
|
||||
in4 = fabsf(in4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = in2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = in3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = in4;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update source pointer to process next sampels */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update destination pointer to process next sampels */
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = |A| */
|
||||
/* Calculate absolute and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = fabsf(*pSrc++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicAbs group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_abs_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 vector absolute value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicAbs
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 vector absolute value.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* The Q15 value -1 (0x8000) will be saturated to the maximum allowable positive value 0x7FFF.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_abs_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
q15_t in1; /* Input value1 */
|
||||
q15_t in2; /* Input value2 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = |A| */
|
||||
/* Read two inputs */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the Absolute result in the destination buffer by packing the two values, in a single cycle */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ =
|
||||
__PKHBT(((in1 > 0) ? in1 : __QSUB16(0, in1)),
|
||||
((in2 > 0) ? in2 : __QSUB16(0, in2)), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ =
|
||||
__PKHBT(((in2 > 0) ? in2 : __QSUB16(0, in2)),
|
||||
((in1 > 0) ? in1 : __QSUB16(0, in1)), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ =
|
||||
__PKHBT(((in1 > 0) ? in1 : __QSUB16(0, in1)),
|
||||
((in2 > 0) ? in2 : __QSUB16(0, in2)), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ =
|
||||
__PKHBT(((in2 > 0) ? in2 : __QSUB16(0, in2)),
|
||||
((in1 > 0) ? in1 : __QSUB16(0, in1)), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = |A| */
|
||||
/* Read the input */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate absolute value of input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in1 > 0) ? in1 : __QSUB16(0, in1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
q15_t in; /* Temporary input variable */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = |A| */
|
||||
/* Read the input */
|
||||
in = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate absolute value of input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in > 0) ? in : ((in == (q15_t) 0x8000) ? 0x7fff : -in);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicAbs group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_abs_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 vector absolute value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicAbs
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 vector absolute value.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* The Q31 value -1 (0x80000000) will be saturated to the maximum allowable positive value 0x7FFFFFFF.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_abs_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
q31_t in; /* Input value */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2, in3, in4;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = |A| */
|
||||
/* Calculate absolute of input (if -1 then saturated to 0x7fffffff) and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in3 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in4 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in1 > 0) ? in1 : __QSUB(0, in1);
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in2 > 0) ? in2 : __QSUB(0, in2);
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in3 > 0) ? in3 : __QSUB(0, in3);
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in4 > 0) ? in4 : __QSUB(0, in4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = |A| */
|
||||
/* Calculate absolute value of the input (if -1 then saturated to 0x7fffffff) and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in = *pSrc++;
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in > 0) ? in : ((in == 0x80000000) ? 0x7fffffff : -in);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicAbs group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_abs_q7.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q7 vector absolute value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicAbs
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q7 vector absolute value.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Conditions for optimum performance
|
||||
* Input and output buffers should be aligned by 32-bit
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* The Q7 value -1 (0x80) will be saturated to the maximum allowable positive value 0x7F.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_abs_q7(
|
||||
q7_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q7_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
q7_t in; /* Input value1 */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2, in3, in4; /* temporary input variables */
|
||||
q31_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* temporary output variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = |A| */
|
||||
/* Read inputs */
|
||||
in1 = (q31_t) * pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = (q31_t) * (pSrc + 1);
|
||||
in3 = (q31_t) * (pSrc + 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* find absolute value */
|
||||
out1 = (in1 > 0) ? in1 : __QSUB8(0, in1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input */
|
||||
in4 = (q31_t) * (pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* find absolute value */
|
||||
out2 = (in2 > 0) ? in2 : __QSUB8(0, in2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*pDst = (q7_t) out1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* find absolute value */
|
||||
out3 = (in3 > 0) ? in3 : __QSUB8(0, in3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* find absolute value */
|
||||
out4 = (in4 > 0) ? in4 : __QSUB8(0, in4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = (q7_t) out2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = (q7_t) out3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = (q7_t) out4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* update pointers to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #define ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = |A| */
|
||||
/* Read the input */
|
||||
in = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the Absolute result in the destination buffer */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in > 0) ? in : ((in == (q7_t) 0x80) ? 0x7f : -in);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicAbs group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_add_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point vector addition.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup BasicAdd Vector Addition
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Element-by-element addition of two vectors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* pDst[n] = pSrcA[n] + pSrcB[n], 0 <= n < blockSize.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q7, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicAdd
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point vector addition.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_add_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t inA1, inA2, inA3, inA4; /* temporary input variabels */
|
||||
float32_t inB1, inB2, inB3, inB4; /* temporary input variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* read four inputs from sourceA and four inputs from sourceB */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcA;
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcB;
|
||||
inA2 = *(pSrcA + 1);
|
||||
inB2 = *(pSrcB + 1);
|
||||
inA3 = *(pSrcA + 2);
|
||||
inB3 = *(pSrcB + 2);
|
||||
inA4 = *(pSrcA + 3);
|
||||
inB4 = *(pSrcB + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* add and store result to destination */
|
||||
*pDst = inA1 + inB1;
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = inA2 + inB2;
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = inA3 + inB3;
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = inA4 + inB4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* update pointers to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrcA += 4u;
|
||||
pSrcB += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (*pSrcA++) + (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicAdd group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_add_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 vector addition
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicAdd
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 vector addition.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q15 range [0x8000 0x7FFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_add_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2, inB1, inB2;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
inA1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcA)++;
|
||||
inA2 = *__SIMD32(pSrcA)++;
|
||||
inB1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++;
|
||||
inB2 = *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++;
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QADD16(inA1, inB1);
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QADD16(inA2, inB2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) __QADD16(*pSrcA++, *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) __SSAT(((q31_t) * pSrcA++ + *pSrcB++), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicAdd group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_add_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 vector addition.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicAdd
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 vector addition.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q31 range[0x80000000 0x7FFFFFFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_add_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2, inA3, inA4;
|
||||
q31_t inB1, inB2, inB3, inB4;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA2 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB2 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
inA3 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA4 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inB3 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB4 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(inA1, inB1);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(inA2, inB2);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(inA3, inB3);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(inA4, inB4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(*pSrcA++, *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q31_t) clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) * pSrcA++ + *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicAdd group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_add_q7.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q7 vector addition.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicAdd
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q7 vector addition.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q7 range [0x80 0x7F] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_add_q7(
|
||||
q7_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q7_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q7_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QADD8(*__SIMD32(pSrcA)++, *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) __SSAT(*pSrcA++ + *pSrcB++, 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + B */
|
||||
/* Add and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) __SSAT((q15_t) * pSrcA++ + *pSrcB++, 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicAdd group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_dot_prod_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point dot product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup dot_prod Vector Dot Product
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Computes the dot product of two vectors.
|
||||
* The vectors are multiplied element-by-element and then summed.
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q7, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup dot_prod
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Dot product of floating-point vectors.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *result output result returned here
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_dot_prod_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize,
|
||||
float32_t * result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32_t sum = 0.0f; /* Temporary result storage */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A[0]* B[0] + A[1]* B[1] + A[2]* B[2] + .....+ A[blockSize-1]* B[blockSize-1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate dot product and then store the result in a temporary buffer */
|
||||
sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A[0]* B[0] + A[1]* B[1] + A[2]* B[2] + .....+ A[blockSize-1]* B[blockSize-1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate dot product and then store the result in a temporary buffer. */
|
||||
sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Store the result back in the destination buffer */
|
||||
*result = sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of dot_prod group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_dot_prod_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 dot product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup dot_prod
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Dot product of Q15 vectors.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *result output result returned here
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The intermediate multiplications are in 1.15 x 1.15 = 2.30 format and these
|
||||
* results are added to a 64-bit accumulator in 34.30 format.
|
||||
* Nonsaturating additions are used and given that there are 33 guard bits in the accumulator
|
||||
* there is no risk of overflow.
|
||||
* The return result is in 34.30 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_dot_prod_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize,
|
||||
q63_t * result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q63_t sum = 0; /* Temporary result storage */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A[0]* B[0] + A[1]* B[1] + A[2]* B[2] + .....+ A[blockSize-1]* B[blockSize-1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate dot product and then store the result in a temporary buffer. */
|
||||
sum = __SMLALD(*__SIMD32(pSrcA)++, *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++, sum);
|
||||
sum = __SMLALD(*__SIMD32(pSrcA)++, *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++, sum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A[0]* B[0] + A[1]* B[1] + A[2]* B[2] + .....+ A[blockSize-1]* B[blockSize-1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate dot product and then store the results in a temporary buffer. */
|
||||
sum = __SMLALD(*pSrcA++, *pSrcB++, sum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A[0]* B[0] + A[1]* B[1] + A[2]* B[2] + .....+ A[blockSize-1]* B[blockSize-1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate dot product and then store the results in a temporary buffer. */
|
||||
sum += (q63_t) ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the result in the destination buffer in 34.30 format */
|
||||
*result = sum;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of dot_prod group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_dot_prod_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 dot product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup dot_prod
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Dot product of Q31 vectors.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *result output result returned here
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The intermediate multiplications are in 1.31 x 1.31 = 2.62 format and these
|
||||
* are truncated to 2.48 format by discarding the lower 14 bits.
|
||||
* The 2.48 result is then added without saturation to a 64-bit accumulator in 16.48 format.
|
||||
* There are 15 guard bits in the accumulator and there is no risk of overflow as long as
|
||||
* the length of the vectors is less than 2^16 elements.
|
||||
* The return result is in 16.48 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_dot_prod_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize,
|
||||
q63_t * result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q63_t sum = 0; /* Temporary result storage */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2, inA3, inA4;
|
||||
q31_t inB1, inB2, inB3, inB4;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A[0]* B[0] + A[1]* B[1] + A[2]* B[2] + .....+ A[blockSize-1]* B[blockSize-1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate dot product and then store the result in a temporary buffer. */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA2 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA3 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA4 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB2 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB3 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB4 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
sum += ((q63_t) inA1 * inB1) >> 14u;
|
||||
sum += ((q63_t) inA2 * inB2) >> 14u;
|
||||
sum += ((q63_t) inA3 * inB3) >> 14u;
|
||||
sum += ((q63_t) inA4 * inB4) >> 14u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A[0]* B[0] + A[1]* B[1] + A[2]* B[2] + .....+ A[blockSize-1]* B[blockSize-1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate dot product and then store the result in a temporary buffer. */
|
||||
sum += ((q63_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++) >> 14u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the result in the destination buffer in 16.48 format */
|
||||
*result = sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of dot_prod group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_dot_prod_q7.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q7 dot product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup dot_prod
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Dot product of Q7 vectors.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *result output result returned here
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The intermediate multiplications are in 1.7 x 1.7 = 2.14 format and these
|
||||
* results are added to an accumulator in 18.14 format.
|
||||
* Nonsaturating additions are used and there is no danger of wrap around as long as
|
||||
* the vectors are less than 2^18 elements long.
|
||||
* The return result is in 18.14 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_dot_prod_q7(
|
||||
q7_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q7_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize,
|
||||
q31_t * result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
q31_t sum = 0; /* Temporary variables to store output */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
q31_t input1, input2; /* Temporary variables to store input */
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2, inB1, inB2; /* Temporary variables to store input */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* read 4 samples at a time from sourceA */
|
||||
input1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcA)++;
|
||||
/* read 4 samples at a time from sourceB */
|
||||
input2 = *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* extract two q7_t samples to q15_t samples */
|
||||
inA1 = __SXTB16(__ROR(input1, 8));
|
||||
/* extract reminaing two samples */
|
||||
inA2 = __SXTB16(input1);
|
||||
/* extract two q7_t samples to q15_t samples */
|
||||
inB1 = __SXTB16(__ROR(input2, 8));
|
||||
/* extract reminaing two samples */
|
||||
inB2 = __SXTB16(input2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply and accumulate two samples at a time */
|
||||
sum = __SMLAD(inA1, inB1, sum);
|
||||
sum = __SMLAD(inA2, inB2, sum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A[0]* B[0] + A[1]* B[1] + A[2]* B[2] + .....+ A[blockSize-1]* B[blockSize-1] */
|
||||
/* Dot product and then store the results in a temporary buffer. */
|
||||
sum = __SMLAD(*pSrcA++, *pSrcB++, sum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A[0]* B[0] + A[1]* B[1] + A[2]* B[2] + .....+ A[blockSize-1]* B[blockSize-1] */
|
||||
/* Dot product and then store the results in a temporary buffer. */
|
||||
sum += (q31_t) ((q15_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the result in the destination buffer in 18.14 format */
|
||||
*result = sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of dot_prod group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_mult_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point vector multiplication.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.5 2010/04/26
|
||||
* incorporated review comments and updated with latest CMSIS layer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.3 2010/03/10
|
||||
* Initial version
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup BasicMult Vector Multiplication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Element-by-element multiplication of two vectors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* pDst[n] = pSrcA[n] * pSrcB[n], 0 <= n < blockSize.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q7, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point vector multiplication.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_mult_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t inA1, inA2, inA3, inA4; /* temporary input variables */
|
||||
float32_t inB1, inB2, inB3, inB4; /* temporary input variables */
|
||||
float32_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* temporary output variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * B */
|
||||
/* Multiply the inputs and store the results in output buffer */
|
||||
/* read sample from sourceA */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcA;
|
||||
/* read sample from sourceB */
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcB;
|
||||
/* read sample from sourceA */
|
||||
inA2 = *(pSrcA + 1);
|
||||
/* read sample from sourceB */
|
||||
inB2 = *(pSrcB + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* out = sourceA * sourceB */
|
||||
out1 = inA1 * inB1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read sample from sourceA */
|
||||
inA3 = *(pSrcA + 2);
|
||||
/* read sample from sourceB */
|
||||
inB3 = *(pSrcB + 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* out = sourceA * sourceB */
|
||||
out2 = inA2 * inB2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read sample from sourceA */
|
||||
inA4 = *(pSrcA + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination buffer */
|
||||
*pDst = out1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read sample from sourceB */
|
||||
inB4 = *(pSrcB + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* out = sourceA * sourceB */
|
||||
out3 = inA3 * inB3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination buffer */
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* out = sourceA * sourceB */
|
||||
out4 = inA4 * inB4;
|
||||
/* store result to destination buffer */
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = out3;
|
||||
/* store result to destination buffer */
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = out4;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* update pointers to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrcA += 4u;
|
||||
pSrcB += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * B */
|
||||
/* Multiply the inputs and store the results in output buffer */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_mult_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 vector multiplication.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.5 2010/04/26
|
||||
* incorporated review comments and updated with latest CMSIS layer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.3 2010/03/10
|
||||
* Initial version
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 vector multiplication
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q15 range [0x8000 0x7FFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_mult_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2, inB1, inB2; /* temporary input variables */
|
||||
q15_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* temporary output variables */
|
||||
q31_t mul1, mul2, mul3, mul4; /* temporary variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* read two samples at a time from sourceA */
|
||||
inA1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcA)++;
|
||||
/* read two samples at a time from sourceB */
|
||||
inB1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++;
|
||||
/* read two samples at a time from sourceA */
|
||||
inA2 = *__SIMD32(pSrcA)++;
|
||||
/* read two samples at a time from sourceB */
|
||||
inB2 = *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply mul = sourceA * sourceB */
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA1 >> 16) * (q15_t) (inB1 >> 16));
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) inA1 * (q15_t) inB1);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA2 >> 16) * (q15_t) (inB2 >> 16));
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) inA2 * (q15_t) inB2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* saturate result to 16 bit */
|
||||
out1 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul1 >> 15, 16);
|
||||
out2 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul2 >> 15, 16);
|
||||
out3 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul3 >> 15, 16);
|
||||
out4 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul4 >> 15, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result */
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(out2, out1, 16);
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(out4, out3, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(out2, out1, 16);
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(out4, out3, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * B */
|
||||
/* Multiply the inputs and store the result in the destination buffer */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) __SSAT((((q31_t) (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++)) >> 15), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_mult_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 vector multiplication.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.5 2010/04/26
|
||||
* incorporated review comments and updated with latest CMSIS layer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.3 2010/03/10
|
||||
* Initial version
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 vector multiplication.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q31 range[0x80000000 0x7FFFFFFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_mult_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2, inA3, inA4; /* temporary input variables */
|
||||
q31_t inB1, inB2, inB3, inB4; /* temporary input variables */
|
||||
q31_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* temporary output variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * B */
|
||||
/* Multiply the inputs and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA2 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA3 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA4 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB2 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB3 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB4 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = ((q63_t) inA1 * inB1) >> 32;
|
||||
out2 = ((q63_t) inA2 * inB2) >> 32;
|
||||
out3 = ((q63_t) inA3 * inB3) >> 32;
|
||||
out4 = ((q63_t) inA4 * inB4) >> 32;
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = __SSAT(out1, 31);
|
||||
out2 = __SSAT(out2, 31);
|
||||
out3 = __SSAT(out3, 31);
|
||||
out4 = __SSAT(out4, 31);
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst++ = out1 << 1u;
|
||||
*pDst++ = out2 << 1u;
|
||||
*pDst++ = out3 << 1u;
|
||||
*pDst++ = out4 << 1u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * B */
|
||||
/* Multiply the inputs and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q31_t) clip_q63_to_q31(((q63_t) (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++)) >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_mult_q7.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q7 vector multiplication.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.5 2010/04/26
|
||||
* incorporated review comments and updated with latest CMSIS layer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.3 2010/03/10 DP
|
||||
* Initial version
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q7 vector multiplication
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q7 range [0x80 0x7F] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_mult_q7(
|
||||
q7_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q7_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q7_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q7_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* Temporary variables to store the product */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * B */
|
||||
/* Multiply the inputs and store the results in temporary variables */
|
||||
out1 = (q7_t) __SSAT((((q15_t) (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++)) >> 7), 8);
|
||||
out2 = (q7_t) __SSAT((((q15_t) (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++)) >> 7), 8);
|
||||
out3 = (q7_t) __SSAT((((q15_t) (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++)) >> 7), 8);
|
||||
out4 = (q7_t) __SSAT((((q15_t) (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++)) >> 7), 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the results of 4 inputs in the destination buffer in single cycle by packing */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PACKq7(out1, out2, out3, out4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * B */
|
||||
/* Multiply the inputs and store the result in the destination buffer */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) __SSAT((((q15_t) (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++)) >> 7), 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_negate_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Negates floating-point vectors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup negate Vector Negate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Negates the elements of a vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* pDst[n] = -pSrc[n], 0 <= n < blockSize.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup negate
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Negates the elements of a floating-point vector.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_negate_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrc,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t in1, in2, in3, in4; /* temporary variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* read inputs from source */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* negate the input */
|
||||
in1 = -in1;
|
||||
in2 = -in2;
|
||||
in3 = -in3;
|
||||
in4 = -in4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result to destination */
|
||||
*pDst = in1;
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = in2;
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = in3;
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = in4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* update pointers to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = -A */
|
||||
/* Negate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = -*pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of negate group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_negate_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Negates Q15 vectors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup negate
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Negates the elements of a Q15 vector.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Conditions for optimum performance
|
||||
* Input and output buffers should be aligned by 32-bit
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* The Q15 value -1 (0x8000) will be saturated to the maximum allowable positive value 0x7FFF.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_negate_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
q15_t in;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2; /* Temporary variables */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = -A */
|
||||
/* Read two inputs at a time */
|
||||
in1 = _SIMD32_OFFSET(pSrc);
|
||||
in2 = _SIMD32_OFFSET(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* negate two samples at a time */
|
||||
in1 = __QSUB16(0, in1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* negate two samples at a time */
|
||||
in2 = __QSUB16(0, in2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result to destination 2 samples at a time */
|
||||
_SIMD32_OFFSET(pDst) = in1;
|
||||
/* store the result to destination 2 samples at a time */
|
||||
_SIMD32_OFFSET(pDst + 2) = in2;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* update pointers to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = -A */
|
||||
/* Negate and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in = *pSrc++;
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in == (q15_t) 0x8000) ? 0x7fff : -in;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of negate group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_negate_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Negates Q31 vectors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup negate
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Negates the elements of a Q31 vector.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* The Q31 value -1 (0x80000000) will be saturated to the maximum allowable positive value 0x7FFFFFFF.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_negate_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q31_t in; /* Temporary variable */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2, in3, in4;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = -A */
|
||||
/* Negate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in3 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in4 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QSUB(0, in1);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QSUB(0, in2);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QSUB(0, in3);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QSUB(0, in4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = -A */
|
||||
/* Negate and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in = *pSrc++;
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in == 0x80000000) ? 0x7fffffff : -in;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of negate group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_negate_q7.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Negates Q7 vectors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup negate
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Negates the elements of a Q7 vector.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* The Q7 value -1 (0x80) will be saturated to the maximum allowable positive value 0x7F.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_negate_q7(
|
||||
q7_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q7_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
q7_t in;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t input; /* Input values1-4 */
|
||||
q31_t zero = 0x00000000;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = -A */
|
||||
/* Read four inputs */
|
||||
input = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the Negated results in the destination buffer in a single cycle by packing the results */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QSUB8(zero, input);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = -A */
|
||||
/* Negate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */ \
|
||||
in = *pSrc++;
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in == (q7_t) 0x80) ? 0x7f : -in;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of negate group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_offset_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point vector offset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup offset Vector Offset
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds a constant offset to each element of a vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* pDst[n] = pSrc[n] + offset, 0 <= n < blockSize.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q7, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup offset
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Adds a constant offset to a floating-point vector.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] offset is the offset to be added
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_offset_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrc,
|
||||
float32_t offset,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t in1, in2, in3, in4;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
/* read samples from source */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* add offset to input */
|
||||
in1 = in1 + offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read samples from source */
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* add offset to input */
|
||||
in2 = in2 + offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read samples from source */
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* add offset to input */
|
||||
in3 = in3 + offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*pDst = in1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* add offset to input */
|
||||
in4 = in4 + offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = in2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = in3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = in4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* update pointers to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (*pSrc++) + offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of offset group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_offset_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 vector offset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup offset
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Adds a constant offset to a Q15 vector.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] offset is the offset to be added
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q15 range [0x8000 0x7FFF] are saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_offset_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q15_t offset,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t offset_packed; /* Offset packed to 32 bit */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Offset is packed to 32 bit in order to use SIMD32 for addition */
|
||||
offset_packed = __PKHBT(offset, offset, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the results in the destination buffer, 2 samples at a time. */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QADD16(*__SIMD32(pSrc)++, offset_packed);
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QADD16(*__SIMD32(pSrc)++, offset_packed);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) __QADD16(*pSrc++, offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) __SSAT(((q31_t) * pSrc++ + offset), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of offset group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_offset_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 vector offset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup offset
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Adds a constant offset to a Q31 vector.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] offset is the offset to be added
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q31 range [0x80000000 0x7FFFFFFF] are saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_offset_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q31_t offset,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2, in3, in4;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in3 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in4 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(in1, offset);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(in2, offset);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(in3, offset);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(in4, offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QADD(*pSrc++, offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q31_t) clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) * pSrc++ + offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of offset group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_offset_q7.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q7 vector offset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup offset
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Adds a constant offset to a Q7 vector.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] offset is the offset to be added
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q7 range [0x80 0x7F] are saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_offset_q7(
|
||||
q7_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q7_t offset,
|
||||
q7_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t offset_packed; /* Offset packed to 32 bit */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Offset is packed to 32 bit in order to use SIMD32 for addition */
|
||||
offset_packed = __PACKq7(offset, offset, offset, offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the results in the destination bufferfor 4 samples at a time. */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QADD8(*__SIMD32(pSrc)++, offset_packed);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) __SSAT(*pSrc++ + offset, 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A + offset */
|
||||
/* Add offset and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) __SSAT((q15_t) * pSrc++ + offset, 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of offset group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_scale_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Multiplies a floating-point vector by a scalar.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup scale Vector Scale
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiply a vector by a scalar value. For floating-point data, the algorithm used is:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* pDst[n] = pSrc[n] * scale, 0 <= n < blockSize.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the fixed-point Q7, Q15, and Q31 functions, <code>scale</code> is represented by
|
||||
* a fractional multiplication <code>scaleFract</code> and an arithmetic shift <code>shift</code>.
|
||||
* The shift allows the gain of the scaling operation to exceed 1.0.
|
||||
* The algorithm used with fixed-point data is:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* pDst[n] = (pSrc[n] * scaleFract) << shift, 0 <= n < blockSize.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The overall scale factor applied to the fixed-point data is
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* scale = scaleFract * 2^shift.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup scale
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Multiplies a floating-point vector by a scalar.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] scale scale factor to be applied
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_scale_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrc,
|
||||
float32_t scale,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t in1, in2, in3, in4; /* temporary variabels */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * scale */
|
||||
/* Scale the input and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
/* read input samples from source */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply with scaling factor */
|
||||
in1 = in1 * scale;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input sample from source */
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply with scaling factor */
|
||||
in2 = in2 * scale;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input sample from source */
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply with scaling factor */
|
||||
in3 = in3 * scale;
|
||||
in4 = in4 * scale;
|
||||
/* store the result to destination */
|
||||
*pDst = in1;
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = in2;
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = in3;
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = in4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* update pointers to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * scale */
|
||||
/* Scale the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (*pSrc++) * scale;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of scale group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_scale_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Multiplies a Q15 vector by a scalar.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup scale
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Multiplies a Q15 vector by a scalar.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale value
|
||||
* @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The input data <code>*pSrc</code> and <code>scaleFract</code> are in 1.15 format.
|
||||
* These are multiplied to yield a 2.30 intermediate result and this is shifted with saturation to 1.15 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_scale_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q15_t scaleFract,
|
||||
int8_t shift,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int8_t kShift = 15 - shift; /* shift to apply after scaling */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q15_t in1, in2, in3, in4;
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2; /* Temporary variables */
|
||||
q31_t out1, out2, out3, out4;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reading 2 inputs from memory */
|
||||
inA1 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
inA2 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* C = A * scale */
|
||||
/* Scale the inputs and then store the 2 results in the destination buffer
|
||||
* in single cycle by packing the outputs */
|
||||
out1 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA1 >> 16) * scaleFract);
|
||||
out2 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) inA1 * scaleFract);
|
||||
out3 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA2 >> 16) * scaleFract);
|
||||
out4 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) inA2 * scaleFract);
|
||||
|
||||
/* apply shifting */
|
||||
out1 = out1 >> kShift;
|
||||
out2 = out2 >> kShift;
|
||||
out3 = out3 >> kShift;
|
||||
out4 = out4 >> kShift;
|
||||
|
||||
/* saturate the output */
|
||||
in1 = (q15_t) (__SSAT(out1, 16));
|
||||
in2 = (q15_t) (__SSAT(out2, 16));
|
||||
in3 = (q15_t) (__SSAT(out3, 16));
|
||||
in4 = (q15_t) (__SSAT(out4, 16));
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result to destination */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(in2, in1, 16);
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(in4, in3, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * scale */
|
||||
/* Scale the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) (__SSAT(((*pSrc++) * scaleFract) >> kShift, 16));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * scale */
|
||||
/* Scale the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) (__SSAT(((q31_t) * pSrc++ * scaleFract) >> kShift, 16));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of scale group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. May 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_scale_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Multiplies a Q31 vector by a scalar.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup scale
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Multiplies a Q31 vector by a scalar.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale value
|
||||
* @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The input data <code>*pSrc</code> and <code>scaleFract</code> are in 1.31 format.
|
||||
* These are multiplied to yield a 2.62 intermediate result and this is shifted with saturation to 1.31 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_scale_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q31_t scaleFract,
|
||||
int8_t shift,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int8_t kShift = shift + 1; /* Shift to apply after scaling */
|
||||
int8_t sign = (kShift & 0x80);
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
q31_t in, out;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2, in3, in4; /* temporary input variables */
|
||||
q31_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* temporary output variabels */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
if(sign == 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* read four inputs from source */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply input with scaler value */
|
||||
in1 = ((q63_t) in1 * scaleFract) >> 32;
|
||||
in2 = ((q63_t) in2 * scaleFract) >> 32;
|
||||
in3 = ((q63_t) in3 * scaleFract) >> 32;
|
||||
in4 = ((q63_t) in4 * scaleFract) >> 32;
|
||||
|
||||
/* apply shifting */
|
||||
out1 = in1 << kShift;
|
||||
out2 = in2 << kShift;
|
||||
|
||||
/* saturate the results. */
|
||||
if(in1 != (out1 >> kShift))
|
||||
out1 = 0x7FFFFFFF ^ (in1 >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
if(in2 != (out2 >> kShift))
|
||||
out2 = 0x7FFFFFFF ^ (in2 >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
out3 = in3 << kShift;
|
||||
out4 = in4 << kShift;
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst = out1;
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
if(in3 != (out3 >> kShift))
|
||||
out3 = 0x7FFFFFFF ^ (in3 >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
if(in4 != (out4 >> kShift))
|
||||
out4 = 0x7FFFFFFF ^ (in4 >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store result destination */
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = out3;
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = out4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update pointers to process next sampels */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
kShift = -kShift;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* read four inputs from source */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply input with scaler value */
|
||||
in1 = ((q63_t) in1 * scaleFract) >> 32;
|
||||
in2 = ((q63_t) in2 * scaleFract) >> 32;
|
||||
in3 = ((q63_t) in3 * scaleFract) >> 32;
|
||||
in4 = ((q63_t) in4 * scaleFract) >> 32;
|
||||
|
||||
/* apply shifting */
|
||||
out1 = in1 >> kShift;
|
||||
out2 = in2 >> kShift;
|
||||
|
||||
out3 = in3 >> kShift;
|
||||
out4 = in4 >> kShift;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store result destination */
|
||||
*pDst = out1;
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = out3;
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = out4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update pointers to process next sampels */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
if(sign != 0u)
|
||||
kShift = -kShift;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * scale */
|
||||
/* Scale the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in = ((q63_t) in * scaleFract) >> 32;
|
||||
|
||||
if(sign == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
out = in << kShift;
|
||||
if(in != (out >> kShift))
|
||||
out = 0x7FFFFFFF ^ (in >> 31);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
out = in >> kShift;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst++ = out;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of scale group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_scale_q7.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Multiplies a Q7 vector by a scalar.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup scale
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Multiplies a Q7 vector by a scalar.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale value
|
||||
* @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The input data <code>*pSrc</code> and <code>scaleFract</code> are in 1.7 format.
|
||||
* These are multiplied to yield a 2.14 intermediate result and this is shifted with saturation to 1.7 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_scale_q7(
|
||||
q7_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q7_t scaleFract,
|
||||
int8_t shift,
|
||||
q7_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int8_t kShift = 7 - shift; /* shift to apply after scaling */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q7_t in1, in2, in3, in4, out1, out2, out3, out4; /* Temporary variables to store input & output */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reading 4 inputs from memory */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in3 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in4 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* C = A * scale */
|
||||
/* Scale the inputs and then store the results in the temporary variables. */
|
||||
out1 = (q7_t) (__SSAT(((in1) * scaleFract) >> kShift, 8));
|
||||
out2 = (q7_t) (__SSAT(((in2) * scaleFract) >> kShift, 8));
|
||||
out3 = (q7_t) (__SSAT(((in3) * scaleFract) >> kShift, 8));
|
||||
out4 = (q7_t) (__SSAT(((in4) * scaleFract) >> kShift, 8));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Packing the individual outputs into 32bit and storing in
|
||||
* destination buffer in single write */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PACKq7(out1, out2, out3, out4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * scale */
|
||||
/* Scale the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) (__SSAT(((*pSrc++) * scaleFract) >> kShift, 8));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A * scale */
|
||||
/* Scale the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) (__SSAT((((q15_t) * pSrc++ * scaleFract) >> kShift), 8));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of scale group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_shift_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Shifts the elements of a Q15 vector by a specified number of bits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup shift
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Shifts the elements of a Q15 vector a specified number of bits.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] shiftBits number of bits to shift. A positive value shifts left; a negative value shifts right.
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q15 range [0x8000 0x7FFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_shift_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrc,
|
||||
int8_t shiftBits,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
uint8_t sign; /* Sign of shiftBits */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
q15_t in1, in2; /* Temporary variables */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Getting the sign of shiftBits */
|
||||
sign = (shiftBits & 0x80);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the shift value is positive then do right shift else left shift */
|
||||
if(sign == 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Read 2 inputs */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
/* C = A << shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the inputs and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(__SSAT((in1 << shiftBits), 16),
|
||||
__SSAT((in2 << shiftBits), 16), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(__SSAT((in2 << shiftBits), 16),
|
||||
__SSAT((in1 << shiftBits), 16), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(__SSAT((in1 << shiftBits), 16),
|
||||
__SSAT((in2 << shiftBits), 16), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT(__SSAT((in2 << shiftBits), 16),
|
||||
__SSAT((in1 << shiftBits), 16), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A << shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = __SSAT((*pSrc++ << shiftBits), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Read 2 inputs */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* C = A >> shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the inputs and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT((in1 >> -shiftBits),
|
||||
(in2 >> -shiftBits), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT((in2 >> -shiftBits),
|
||||
(in1 >> -shiftBits), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in2 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT((in1 >> -shiftBits),
|
||||
(in2 >> -shiftBits), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PKHBT((in2 >> -shiftBits),
|
||||
(in1 >> -shiftBits), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A >> shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the inputs and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (*pSrc++ >> -shiftBits);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Getting the sign of shiftBits */
|
||||
sign = (shiftBits & 0x80);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the shift value is positive then do right shift else left shift */
|
||||
if(sign == 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A << shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = __SSAT(((q31_t) * pSrc++ << shiftBits), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A >> shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the inputs and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (*pSrc++ >> -shiftBits);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of shift group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_shift_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Shifts the elements of a Q31 vector by a specified number of bits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup shift Vector Shift
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Shifts the elements of a fixed-point vector by a specified number of bits.
|
||||
* There are separate functions for Q7, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
* The underlying algorithm used is:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* pDst[n] = pSrc[n] << shift, 0 <= n < blockSize.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If <code>shift</code> is positive then the elements of the vector are shifted to the left.
|
||||
* If <code>shift</code> is negative then the elements of the vector are shifted to the right.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup shift
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Shifts the elements of a Q31 vector a specified number of bits.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] shiftBits number of bits to shift. A positive value shifts left; a negative value shifts right.
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q31 range [0x80000000 0x7FFFFFFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_shift_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrc,
|
||||
int8_t shiftBits,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
uint8_t sign = (shiftBits & 0x80); /* Sign of shiftBits */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2, in3, in4; /* Temporary input variables */
|
||||
q31_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* Temporary output variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if(sign == 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A << shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the input and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
out1 = in1 << shiftBits;
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
out2 = in2 << shiftBits;
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
if(in1 != (out1 >> shiftBits))
|
||||
out1 = 0x7FFFFFFF ^ (in1 >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
if(in2 != (out2 >> shiftBits))
|
||||
out2 = 0x7FFFFFFF ^ (in2 >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst = out1;
|
||||
out3 = in3 << shiftBits;
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = out2;
|
||||
out4 = in4 << shiftBits;
|
||||
|
||||
if(in3 != (out3 >> shiftBits))
|
||||
out3 = 0x7FFFFFFF ^ (in3 >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
if(in4 != (out4 >> shiftBits))
|
||||
out4 = 0x7FFFFFFF ^ (in4 >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = out3;
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = out4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update destination pointer to process next sampels */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A >> shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the input and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst = (in1 >> -shiftBits);
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = (in2 >> -shiftBits);
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = (in3 >> -shiftBits);
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = (in4 >> -shiftBits);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A (>> or <<) shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (sign == 0u) ? clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) * pSrc++ << shiftBits) :
|
||||
(*pSrc++ >> -shiftBits);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of shift group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_shift_q7.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Processing function for the Q7 Shifting
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup shift
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Shifts the elements of a Q7 vector a specified number of bits.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] shiftBits number of bits to shift. A positive value shifts left; a negative value shifts right.
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Conditions for optimum performance
|
||||
* Input and output buffers should be aligned by 32-bit
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q7 range [0x8 0x7F] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_shift_q7(
|
||||
q7_t * pSrc,
|
||||
int8_t shiftBits,
|
||||
q7_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
uint8_t sign; /* Sign of shiftBits */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q7_t in1; /* Input value1 */
|
||||
q7_t in2; /* Input value2 */
|
||||
q7_t in3; /* Input value3 */
|
||||
q7_t in4; /* Input value4 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Getting the sign of shiftBits */
|
||||
sign = (shiftBits & 0x80);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the shift value is positive then do right shift else left shift */
|
||||
if(sign == 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A << shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Read 4 inputs */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the Shifted result in the destination buffer in single cycle by packing the outputs */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PACKq7(__SSAT((in1 << shiftBits), 8),
|
||||
__SSAT((in2 << shiftBits), 8),
|
||||
__SSAT((in3 << shiftBits), 8),
|
||||
__SSAT((in4 << shiftBits), 8));
|
||||
/* Update source pointer to process next sampels */
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A << shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) __SSAT((*pSrc++ << shiftBits), 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
shiftBits = -shiftBits;
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A >> shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Read 4 inputs */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc;
|
||||
in2 = *(pSrc + 1);
|
||||
in3 = *(pSrc + 2);
|
||||
in4 = *(pSrc + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the Shifted result in the destination buffer in single cycle by packing the outputs */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __PACKq7((in1 >> shiftBits), (in2 >> shiftBits),
|
||||
(in3 >> shiftBits), (in4 >> shiftBits));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
pSrc += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A >> shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in1 = *pSrc++;
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in1 >> shiftBits);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Getting the sign of shiftBits */
|
||||
sign = (shiftBits & 0x80);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the shift value is positive then do right shift else left shift */
|
||||
if(sign == 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A << shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) __SSAT(((q15_t) * pSrc++ << shiftBits), 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A >> shiftBits */
|
||||
/* Shift the input and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (*pSrc++ >> -shiftBits);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of shift group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_sub_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point vector subtraction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup BasicSub Vector Subtraction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Element-by-element subtraction of two vectors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* pDst[n] = pSrcA[n] - pSrcB[n], 0 <= n < blockSize.
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q7, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicSub
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point vector subtraction.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_sub_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t inA1, inA2, inA3, inA4; /* temporary variables */
|
||||
float32_t inB1, inB2, inB3, inB4; /* temporary variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
/* Read 4 input samples from sourceA and sourceB */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcA;
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcB;
|
||||
inA2 = *(pSrcA + 1);
|
||||
inB2 = *(pSrcB + 1);
|
||||
inA3 = *(pSrcA + 2);
|
||||
inB3 = *(pSrcB + 2);
|
||||
inA4 = *(pSrcA + 3);
|
||||
inB4 = *(pSrcB + 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* dst = srcA - srcB */
|
||||
/* subtract and store the result */
|
||||
*pDst = inA1 - inB1;
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = inA2 - inB2;
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = inA3 - inB3;
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = inA4 - inB4;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update pointers to process next sampels */
|
||||
pSrcA += 4u;
|
||||
pSrcB += 4u;
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (*pSrcA++) - (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicSub group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_sub_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 vector subtraction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicSub
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 vector subtraction.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q15 range [0x8000 0x7FFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_sub_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2;
|
||||
q31_t inB1, inB2;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the results in the destination buffer two samples at a time. */
|
||||
inA1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcA)++;
|
||||
inA2 = *__SIMD32(pSrcA)++;
|
||||
inB1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++;
|
||||
inB2 = *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++;
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QSUB16(inA1, inB1);
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QSUB16(inA2, inB2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) __QSUB16(*pSrcA++, *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) __SSAT(((q31_t) * pSrcA++ - *pSrcB++), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicSub group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_sub_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 vector subtraction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicSub
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 vector subtraction.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q31 range [0x80000000 0x7FFFFFFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_sub_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2, inA3, inA4;
|
||||
q31_t inB1, inB2, inB3, inB4;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA2 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB2 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
inA3 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inA4 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
inB3 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
inB4 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QSUB(inA1, inB1);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QSUB(inA2, inB2);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QSUB(inA3, inB3);
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QSUB(inA4, inB4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = __QSUB(*pSrcA++, *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q31_t) clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) * pSrcA++ - *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicSub group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_sub_q7.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q7 vector subtraction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 0.0.7 2010/06/10
|
||||
* Misra-C changes done
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup BasicSub
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q7 vector subtraction.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q7 range [0x80 0x7F] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_sub_q7(
|
||||
q7_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q7_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q7_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the results in the destination buffer 4 samples at a time. */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = __QSUB8(*__SIMD32(pSrcA)++, *__SIMD32(pSrcB)++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = __SSAT(*pSrcA++ - *pSrcB++, 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize blkCnt with number of samples */
|
||||
blkCnt = blockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C = A - B */
|
||||
/* Subtract and then store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q7_t) __SSAT((q15_t) * pSrcA++ - *pSrcB++, 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of BasicSub group
|
||||
*/
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_conj_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point complex conjugate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup cmplx_conj Complex Conjugate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Conjugates the elements of a complex data vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The <code>pSrc</code> points to the source data and
|
||||
* <code>pDst</code> points to the where the result should be written.
|
||||
* <code>numSamples</code> specifies the number of complex samples
|
||||
* and the data in each array is stored in an interleaved fashion
|
||||
* (real, imag, real, imag, ...).
|
||||
* Each array has a total of <code>2*numSamples</code> values.
|
||||
* The underlying algorithm is used:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* for(n=0; n<numSamples; n++) {
|
||||
* pDst[(2*n)+0)] = pSrc[(2*n)+0]; // real part
|
||||
* pDst[(2*n)+1)] = -pSrc[(2*n)+1]; // imag part
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_conj
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point complex conjugate.
|
||||
* @param *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_conj_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrc,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t inR1, inR2, inR3, inR4;
|
||||
float32_t inI1, inI2, inI3, inI4;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0]+jC[1] = A[0]+ j (-1) A[1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate Complex Conjugate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
/* read real input samples */
|
||||
inR1 = pSrc[0];
|
||||
/* store real samples to destination */
|
||||
pDst[0] = inR1;
|
||||
inR2 = pSrc[2];
|
||||
pDst[2] = inR2;
|
||||
inR3 = pSrc[4];
|
||||
pDst[4] = inR3;
|
||||
inR4 = pSrc[6];
|
||||
pDst[6] = inR4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read imaginary input samples */
|
||||
inI1 = pSrc[1];
|
||||
inI2 = pSrc[3];
|
||||
|
||||
/* conjugate input */
|
||||
inI1 = -inI1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read imaginary input samples */
|
||||
inI3 = pSrc[5];
|
||||
|
||||
/* conjugate input */
|
||||
inI2 = -inI2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read imaginary input samples */
|
||||
inI4 = pSrc[7];
|
||||
|
||||
/* conjugate input */
|
||||
inI3 = -inI3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store imaginary samples to destination */
|
||||
pDst[1] = inI1;
|
||||
pDst[3] = inI2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* conjugate input */
|
||||
inI4 = -inI4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store imaginary samples to destination */
|
||||
pDst[5] = inI3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment source pointer by 8 to process next sampels */
|
||||
pSrc += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store imaginary sample to destination */
|
||||
pDst[7] = inI4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment destination pointer by 8 to store next samples */
|
||||
pDst += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* realOut + j (imagOut) = realIn + j (-1) imagIn */
|
||||
/* Calculate Complex Conjugate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = *pSrc++;
|
||||
*pDst++ = -*pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_conj group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_conj_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 complex conjugate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_conj
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 complex conjugate.
|
||||
* @param *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* The Q15 value -1 (0x8000) will be saturated to the maximum allowable positive value 0x7FFF.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_conj_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2, in3, in4;
|
||||
q31_t zero = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0]+jC[1] = A[0]+ j (-1) A[1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate Complex Conjugate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
in1 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
in2 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
in3 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
in4 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
in1 = __QASX(zero, in1);
|
||||
in2 = __QASX(zero, in2);
|
||||
in3 = __QASX(zero, in3);
|
||||
in4 = __QASX(zero, in4);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
in1 = __QSAX(zero, in1);
|
||||
in2 = __QSAX(zero, in2);
|
||||
in3 = __QSAX(zero, in3);
|
||||
in4 = __QSAX(zero, in4);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
in1 = ((uint32_t) in1 >> 16) | ((uint32_t) in1 << 16);
|
||||
in2 = ((uint32_t) in2 >> 16) | ((uint32_t) in2 << 16);
|
||||
in3 = ((uint32_t) in3 >> 16) | ((uint32_t) in3 << 16);
|
||||
in4 = ((uint32_t) in4 >> 16) | ((uint32_t) in4 << 16);
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = in1;
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = in2;
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = in3;
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pDst)++ = in4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0]+jC[1] = A[0]+ j (-1) A[1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate Complex Conjugate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = *pSrc++;
|
||||
*pDst++ = __SSAT(-*pSrc++, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
q15_t in;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* realOut + j (imagOut) = realIn+ j (-1) imagIn */
|
||||
/* Calculate Complex Conjugate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in = *pSrc++;
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in == (q15_t) 0x8000) ? 0x7fff : -in;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_conj group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_conj_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 complex conjugate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_conj
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 complex conjugate.
|
||||
* @param *pSrc points to the input vector
|
||||
* @param *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* The Q31 value -1 (0x80000000) will be saturated to the maximum allowable positive value 0x7FFFFFFF.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_conj_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
q31_t in; /* Input value */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t inR1, inR2, inR3, inR4; /* Temporary real variables */
|
||||
q31_t inI1, inI2, inI3, inI4; /* Temporary imaginary variables */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0]+jC[1] = A[0]+ j (-1) A[1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate Complex Conjugate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
/* Saturated to 0x7fffffff if the input is -1(0x80000000) */
|
||||
/* read real input sample */
|
||||
inR1 = pSrc[0];
|
||||
/* store real input sample */
|
||||
pDst[0] = inR1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read imaginary input sample */
|
||||
inI1 = pSrc[1];
|
||||
|
||||
/* read real input sample */
|
||||
inR2 = pSrc[2];
|
||||
/* store real input sample */
|
||||
pDst[2] = inR2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read imaginary input sample */
|
||||
inI2 = pSrc[3];
|
||||
|
||||
/* negate imaginary input sample */
|
||||
inI1 = __QSUB(0, inI1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* read real input sample */
|
||||
inR3 = pSrc[4];
|
||||
/* store real input sample */
|
||||
pDst[4] = inR3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read imaginary input sample */
|
||||
inI3 = pSrc[5];
|
||||
|
||||
/* negate imaginary input sample */
|
||||
inI2 = __QSUB(0, inI2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* read real input sample */
|
||||
inR4 = pSrc[6];
|
||||
/* store real input sample */
|
||||
pDst[6] = inR4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* negate imaginary input sample */
|
||||
inI3 = __QSUB(0, inI3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store imaginary input sample */
|
||||
inI4 = pSrc[7];
|
||||
|
||||
/* store imaginary input samples */
|
||||
pDst[1] = inI1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* negate imaginary input sample */
|
||||
inI4 = __QSUB(0, inI4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store imaginary input samples */
|
||||
pDst[3] = inI2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment source pointer by 8 to proecess next samples */
|
||||
pSrc += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store imaginary input samples */
|
||||
pDst[5] = inI3;
|
||||
pDst[7] = inI4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment destination pointer by 8 to process next samples */
|
||||
pDst += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0]+jC[1] = A[0]+ j (-1) A[1] */
|
||||
/* Calculate Complex Conjugate and then store the results in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
/* Saturated to 0x7fffffff if the input is -1(0x80000000) */
|
||||
*pDst++ = *pSrc++;
|
||||
in = *pSrc++;
|
||||
*pDst++ = (in == 0x80000000) ? 0x7fffffff : -in;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_conj group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_dot_prod_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point complex dot product
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup cmplx_dot_prod Complex Dot Product
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Computes the dot product of two complex vectors.
|
||||
* The vectors are multiplied element-by-element and then summed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The <code>pSrcA</code> points to the first complex input vector and
|
||||
* <code>pSrcB</code> points to the second complex input vector.
|
||||
* <code>numSamples</code> specifies the number of complex samples
|
||||
* and the data in each array is stored in an interleaved fashion
|
||||
* (real, imag, real, imag, ...).
|
||||
* Each array has a total of <code>2*numSamples</code> values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The underlying algorithm is used:
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* realResult=0;
|
||||
* imagResult=0;
|
||||
* for(n=0; n<numSamples; n++) {
|
||||
* realResult += pSrcA[(2*n)+0]*pSrcB[(2*n)+0] - pSrcA[(2*n)+1]*pSrcB[(2*n)+1];
|
||||
* imagResult += pSrcA[(2*n)+0]*pSrcB[(2*n)+1] + pSrcA[(2*n)+1]*pSrcB[(2*n)+0];
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_dot_prod
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point complex dot product
|
||||
* @param *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
|
||||
* @param *realResult real part of the result returned here
|
||||
* @param *imagResult imaginary part of the result returned here
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_dot_prod_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples,
|
||||
float32_t * realResult,
|
||||
float32_t * imagResult)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32_t real_sum = 0.0f, imag_sum = 0.0f; /* Temporary result storage */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CReal = A[0]* B[0] + A[2]* B[2] + A[4]* B[4] + .....+ A[numSamples-2]* B[numSamples-2] */
|
||||
real_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
/* CImag = A[1]* B[1] + A[3]* B[3] + A[5]* B[5] + .....+ A[numSamples-1]* B[numSamples-1] */
|
||||
imag_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
real_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
imag_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
real_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
imag_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
real_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
imag_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CReal = A[0]* B[0] + A[2]* B[2] + A[4]* B[4] + .....+ A[numSamples-2]* B[numSamples-2] */
|
||||
real_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
/* CImag = A[1]* B[1] + A[3]* B[3] + A[5]* B[5] + .....+ A[numSamples-1]* B[numSamples-1] */
|
||||
imag_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CReal = A[0]* B[0] + A[2]* B[2] + A[4]* B[4] + .....+ A[numSamples-2]* B[numSamples-2] */
|
||||
real_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
/* CImag = A[1]* B[1] + A[3]* B[3] + A[5]* B[5] + .....+ A[numSamples-1]* B[numSamples-1] */
|
||||
imag_sum += (*pSrcA++) * (*pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the real and imaginary results in the destination buffers */
|
||||
*realResult = real_sum;
|
||||
*imagResult = imag_sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_dot_prod group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Processing function for the Q15 Complex Dot product
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_dot_prod
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 complex dot product
|
||||
* @param *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
|
||||
* @param *realResult real part of the result returned here
|
||||
* @param *imagResult imaginary part of the result returned here
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function is implemented using an internal 64-bit accumulator.
|
||||
* The intermediate 1.15 by 1.15 multiplications are performed with full precision and yield a 2.30 result.
|
||||
* These are accumulated in a 64-bit accumulator with 34.30 precision.
|
||||
* As a final step, the accumulators are converted to 8.24 format.
|
||||
* The return results <code>realResult</code> and <code>imagResult</code> are in 8.24 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples,
|
||||
q31_t * realResult,
|
||||
q31_t * imagResult)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q63_t real_sum = 0, imag_sum = 0; /* Temporary result storage */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CReal = A[0]* B[0] + A[2]* B[2] + A[4]* B[4] + .....+ A[numSamples-2]* B[numSamples-2] */
|
||||
real_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* CImag = A[1]* B[1] + A[3]* B[3] + A[5]* B[5] + .....+ A[numSamples-1]* B[numSamples-1] */
|
||||
imag_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
real_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
imag_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
real_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
imag_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
real_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
imag_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CReal = A[0]* B[0] + A[2]* B[2] + A[4]* B[4] + .....+ A[numSamples-2]* B[numSamples-2] */
|
||||
real_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
/* CImag = A[1]* B[1] + A[3]* B[3] + A[5]* B[5] + .....+ A[numSamples-1]* B[numSamples-1] */
|
||||
imag_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CReal = A[0]* B[0] + A[2]* B[2] + A[4]* B[4] + .....+ A[numSamples-2]* B[numSamples-2] */
|
||||
real_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
/* CImag = A[1]* B[1] + A[3]* B[3] + A[5]* B[5] + .....+ A[numSamples-1]* B[numSamples-1] */
|
||||
imag_sum += ((q31_t) * pSrcA++ * *pSrcB++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the real and imaginary results in 8.24 format */
|
||||
/* Convert real data in 34.30 to 8.24 by 6 right shifts */
|
||||
*realResult = (q31_t) (real_sum) >> 6;
|
||||
/* Convert imaginary data in 34.30 to 8.24 by 6 right shifts */
|
||||
*imagResult = (q31_t) (imag_sum) >> 6;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_dot_prod group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 complex dot product
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_dot_prod
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 complex dot product
|
||||
* @param *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
|
||||
* @param *realResult real part of the result returned here
|
||||
* @param *imagResult imaginary part of the result returned here
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function is implemented using an internal 64-bit accumulator.
|
||||
* The intermediate 1.31 by 1.31 multiplications are performed with 64-bit precision and then shifted to 16.48 format.
|
||||
* The internal real and imaginary accumulators are in 16.48 format and provide 15 guard bits.
|
||||
* Additions are nonsaturating and no overflow will occur as long as <code>numSamples</code> is less than 32768.
|
||||
* The return results <code>realResult</code> and <code>imagResult</code> are in 16.48 format.
|
||||
* Input down scaling is not required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples,
|
||||
q63_t * realResult,
|
||||
q63_t * imagResult)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q63_t real_sum = 0, imag_sum = 0; /* Temporary result storage */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CReal = A[0]* B[0] + A[2]* B[2] + A[4]* B[4] + .....+ A[numSamples-2]* B[numSamples-2] */
|
||||
/* Convert real data in 2.62 to 16.48 by 14 right shifts */
|
||||
real_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
/* CImag = A[1]* B[1] + A[3]* B[3] + A[5]* B[5] + .....+ A[numSamples-1]* B[numSamples-1] */
|
||||
/* Convert imag data in 2.62 to 16.48 by 14 right shifts */
|
||||
imag_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
|
||||
real_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
imag_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
|
||||
real_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
imag_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
|
||||
real_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
imag_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CReal = A[0]* B[0] + A[2]* B[2] + A[4]* B[4] + .....+ A[numSamples-2]* B[numSamples-2] */
|
||||
real_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
/* CImag = A[1]* B[1] + A[3]* B[3] + A[5]* B[5] + .....+ A[numSamples-1]* B[numSamples-1] */
|
||||
imag_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* outReal = realA[0]* realB[0] + realA[2]* realB[2] + realA[4]* realB[4] + .....+ realA[numSamples-2]* realB[numSamples-2] */
|
||||
real_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
/* outImag = imagA[1]* imagB[1] + imagA[3]* imagB[3] + imagA[5]* imagB[5] + .....+ imagA[numSamples-1]* imagB[numSamples-1] */
|
||||
imag_sum += (q63_t) * pSrcA++ * (*pSrcB++) >> 14;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the real and imaginary results in 16.48 format */
|
||||
*realResult = real_sum;
|
||||
*imagResult = imag_sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_dot_prod group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mag_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point complex magnitude.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup cmplx_mag Complex Magnitude
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Computes the magnitude of the elements of a complex data vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The <code>pSrc</code> points to the source data and
|
||||
* <code>pDst</code> points to the where the result should be written.
|
||||
* <code>numSamples</code> specifies the number of complex samples
|
||||
* in the input array and the data is stored in an interleaved fashion
|
||||
* (real, imag, real, imag, ...).
|
||||
* The input array has a total of <code>2*numSamples</code> values;
|
||||
* the output array has a total of <code>numSamples</code> values.
|
||||
* The underlying algorithm is used:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* for(n=0; n<numSamples; n++) {
|
||||
* pDst[n] = sqrt(pSrc[(2*n)+0]^2 + pSrc[(2*n)+1]^2);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_mag
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point complex magnitude.
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to complex input buffer
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to real output buffer
|
||||
* @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mag_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrc,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32_t realIn, imagIn; /* Temporary variables to hold input values */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* C[0] = sqrt(A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
realIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imagIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
/* store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_f32((realIn * realIn) + (imagIn * imagIn), pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
realIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imagIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
arm_sqrt_f32((realIn * realIn) + (imagIn * imagIn), pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
realIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imagIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
arm_sqrt_f32((realIn * realIn) + (imagIn * imagIn), pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
realIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imagIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
arm_sqrt_f32((realIn * realIn) + (imagIn * imagIn), pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0] = sqrt(A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
realIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imagIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
/* store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_f32((realIn * realIn) + (imagIn * imagIn), pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* out = sqrt((real * real) + (imag * imag)) */
|
||||
realIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imagIn = *pSrc++;
|
||||
/* store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_f32((realIn * realIn) + (imagIn * imagIn), pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_mag group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mag_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 complex magnitude.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_mag
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 complex magnitude
|
||||
* @param *pSrc points to the complex input vector
|
||||
* @param *pDst points to the real output vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function implements 1.15 by 1.15 multiplications and finally output is converted into 2.14 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mag_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q31_t acc0, acc1; /* Accumulators */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2, in3, in4;
|
||||
q31_t acc2, acc3;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* C[0] = sqrt(A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
in1 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
in2 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
in3 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
in4 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
|
||||
acc0 = __SMUAD(in1, in1);
|
||||
acc1 = __SMUAD(in2, in2);
|
||||
acc2 = __SMUAD(in3, in3);
|
||||
acc3 = __SMUAD(in4, in4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 2.14 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q15((q15_t) ((acc0) >> 17), pDst++);
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q15((q15_t) ((acc1) >> 17), pDst++);
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q15((q15_t) ((acc2) >> 17), pDst++);
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q15((q15_t) ((acc3) >> 17), pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0] = sqrt(A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
in1 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
acc0 = __SMUAD(in1, in1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 2.14 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q15((q15_t) (acc0 >> 17), pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
q15_t real, imag; /* Temporary variables to hold input values */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* out = sqrt(real * real + imag * imag) */
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
acc0 = (real * real);
|
||||
acc1 = (imag * imag);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 2.14 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q15((q15_t) (((q63_t) acc0 + acc1) >> 17), pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_mag group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mag_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 complex magnitude
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_mag
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 complex magnitude
|
||||
* @param *pSrc points to the complex input vector
|
||||
* @param *pDst points to the real output vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function implements 1.31 by 1.31 multiplications and finally output is converted into 2.30 format.
|
||||
* Input down scaling is not required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mag_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q31_t real, imag; /* Temporary variables to hold input values */
|
||||
q31_t acc0, acc1; /* Accumulators */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
q31_t real1, real2, imag1, imag2; /* Temporary variables to hold input values */
|
||||
q31_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* Accumulators */
|
||||
q63_t mul1, mul2, mul3, mul4; /* Temporary variables */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* read complex input from source buffer */
|
||||
real1 = pSrc[0];
|
||||
imag1 = pSrc[1];
|
||||
real2 = pSrc[2];
|
||||
imag2 = pSrc[3];
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate power of input values */
|
||||
mul1 = (q63_t) real1 *real1;
|
||||
mul2 = (q63_t) imag1 *imag1;
|
||||
mul3 = (q63_t) real2 *real2;
|
||||
mul4 = (q63_t) imag2 *imag2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* get the result to 3.29 format */
|
||||
out1 = (q31_t) (mul1 >> 33);
|
||||
out2 = (q31_t) (mul2 >> 33);
|
||||
out3 = (q31_t) (mul3 >> 33);
|
||||
out4 = (q31_t) (mul4 >> 33);
|
||||
|
||||
/* add real and imaginary accumulators */
|
||||
out1 = out1 + out2;
|
||||
out3 = out3 + out4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read complex input from source buffer */
|
||||
real1 = pSrc[4];
|
||||
imag1 = pSrc[5];
|
||||
real2 = pSrc[6];
|
||||
imag2 = pSrc[7];
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate square root */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q31(out1, &pDst[0]);
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate power of input values */
|
||||
mul1 = (q63_t) real1 *real1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate square root */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q31(out3, &pDst[1]);
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate power of input values */
|
||||
mul2 = (q63_t) imag1 *imag1;
|
||||
mul3 = (q63_t) real2 *real2;
|
||||
mul4 = (q63_t) imag2 *imag2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* get the result to 3.29 format */
|
||||
out1 = (q31_t) (mul1 >> 33);
|
||||
out2 = (q31_t) (mul2 >> 33);
|
||||
out3 = (q31_t) (mul3 >> 33);
|
||||
out4 = (q31_t) (mul4 >> 33);
|
||||
|
||||
/* add real and imaginary accumulators */
|
||||
out1 = out1 + out2;
|
||||
out3 = out3 + out4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate square root */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q31(out1, &pDst[2]);
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment destination by 8 to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrc += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate square root */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q31(out3, &pDst[3]);
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment destination by 4 to process next samples */
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0] = sqrt(A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
acc0 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) real * real) >> 33);
|
||||
acc1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) imag * imag) >> 33);
|
||||
/* store the result in 2.30 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
arm_sqrt_q31(acc0 + acc1, pDst++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_mag group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mag_squared_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point complex magnitude squared.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup cmplx_mag_squared Complex Magnitude Squared
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Computes the magnitude squared of the elements of a complex data vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The <code>pSrc</code> points to the source data and
|
||||
* <code>pDst</code> points to the where the result should be written.
|
||||
* <code>numSamples</code> specifies the number of complex samples
|
||||
* in the input array and the data is stored in an interleaved fashion
|
||||
* (real, imag, real, imag, ...).
|
||||
* The input array has a total of <code>2*numSamples</code> values;
|
||||
* the output array has a total of <code>numSamples</code> values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The underlying algorithm is used:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* for(n=0; n<numSamples; n++) {
|
||||
* pDst[n] = pSrc[(2*n)+0]^2 + pSrc[(2*n)+1]^2;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_mag_squared
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point complex magnitude squared
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mag_squared_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrc,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32_t real, imag; /* Temporary variables to store real and imaginary values */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
float32_t real1, real2, real3, real4; /* Temporary variables to hold real values */
|
||||
float32_t imag1, imag2, imag3, imag4; /* Temporary variables to hold imaginary values */
|
||||
float32_t mul1, mul2, mul3, mul4; /* Temporary variables */
|
||||
float32_t mul5, mul6, mul7, mul8; /* Temporary variables */
|
||||
float32_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* Temporary variables to hold output values */
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0] = (A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
/* read real input sample from source buffer */
|
||||
real1 = pSrc[0];
|
||||
/* read imaginary input sample from source buffer */
|
||||
imag1 = pSrc[1];
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate power of real value */
|
||||
mul1 = real1 * real1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read real input sample from source buffer */
|
||||
real2 = pSrc[2];
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate power of imaginary value */
|
||||
mul2 = imag1 * imag1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read imaginary input sample from source buffer */
|
||||
imag2 = pSrc[3];
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate power of real value */
|
||||
mul3 = real2 * real2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read real input sample from source buffer */
|
||||
real3 = pSrc[4];
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate power of imaginary value */
|
||||
mul4 = imag2 * imag2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read imaginary input sample from source buffer */
|
||||
imag3 = pSrc[5];
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate power of real value */
|
||||
mul5 = real3 * real3;
|
||||
/* calculate power of imaginary value */
|
||||
mul6 = imag3 * imag3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read real input sample from source buffer */
|
||||
real4 = pSrc[6];
|
||||
|
||||
/* accumulate real and imaginary powers */
|
||||
out1 = mul1 + mul2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read imaginary input sample from source buffer */
|
||||
imag4 = pSrc[7];
|
||||
|
||||
/* accumulate real and imaginary powers */
|
||||
out2 = mul3 + mul4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate power of real value */
|
||||
mul7 = real4 * real4;
|
||||
/* calculate power of imaginary value */
|
||||
mul8 = imag4 * imag4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store output to destination */
|
||||
pDst[0] = out1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* accumulate real and imaginary powers */
|
||||
out3 = mul5 + mul6;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store output to destination */
|
||||
pDst[1] = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* accumulate real and imaginary powers */
|
||||
out4 = mul7 + mul8;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store output to destination */
|
||||
pDst[2] = out3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment destination pointer by 8 to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrc += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store output to destination */
|
||||
pDst[3] = out4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment destination pointer by 4 to process next samples */
|
||||
pDst += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0] = (A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* out = (real * real) + (imag * imag) */
|
||||
/* store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (real * real) + (imag * imag);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_mag_squared group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 complex magnitude squared.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_mag_squared
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 complex magnitude squared
|
||||
* @param *pSrc points to the complex input vector
|
||||
* @param *pDst points to the real output vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function implements 1.15 by 1.15 multiplications and finally output is converted into 3.13 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q31_t acc0, acc1; /* Accumulators */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
q31_t in1, in2, in3, in4;
|
||||
q31_t acc2, acc3;
|
||||
|
||||
/*loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0] = (A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
in1 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
in2 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
in3 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
in4 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
|
||||
acc0 = __SMUAD(in1, in1);
|
||||
acc1 = __SMUAD(in2, in2);
|
||||
acc2 = __SMUAD(in3, in3);
|
||||
acc3 = __SMUAD(in4, in4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) (acc0 >> 17);
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) (acc1 >> 17);
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) (acc2 >> 17);
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) (acc3 >> 17);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0] = (A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
in1 = *__SIMD32(pSrc)++;
|
||||
acc0 = __SMUAD(in1, in1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) (acc0 >> 17);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
q15_t real, imag; /* Temporary variables to store real and imaginary values */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* out = ((real * real) + (imag * imag)) */
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
acc0 = (real * real);
|
||||
acc1 = (imag * imag);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (q15_t) (((q63_t) acc0 + acc1) >> 17);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_mag_squared group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 complex magnitude squared.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup cmplx_mag_squared
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 complex magnitude squared
|
||||
* @param *pSrc points to the complex input vector
|
||||
* @param *pDst points to the real output vector
|
||||
* @param numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function implements 1.31 by 1.31 multiplications and finally output is converted into 3.29 format.
|
||||
* Input down scaling is not required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrc,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q31_t real, imag; /* Temporary variables to store real and imaginary values */
|
||||
q31_t acc0, acc1; /* Accumulators */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counter */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0] = (A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
acc0 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) real * real) >> 33);
|
||||
acc1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) imag * imag) >> 33);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = acc0 + acc1;
|
||||
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
acc0 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) real * real) >> 33);
|
||||
acc1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) imag * imag) >> 33);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = acc0 + acc1;
|
||||
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
acc0 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) real * real) >> 33);
|
||||
acc1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) imag * imag) >> 33);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = acc0 + acc1;
|
||||
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
acc0 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) real * real) >> 33);
|
||||
acc1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) imag * imag) >> 33);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = acc0 + acc1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[0] = (A[0] * A[0] + A[1] * A[1]) */
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
acc0 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) real * real) >> 33);
|
||||
acc1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) imag * imag) >> 33);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = acc0 + acc1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* out = ((real * real) + (imag * imag)) */
|
||||
real = *pSrc++;
|
||||
imag = *pSrc++;
|
||||
acc0 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) real * real) >> 33);
|
||||
acc1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) imag * imag) >> 33);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = acc0 + acc1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of cmplx_mag_squared group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point complex-by-complex multiplication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup CmplxByCmplxMult Complex-by-Complex Multiplication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiplies a complex vector by another complex vector and generates a complex result.
|
||||
* The data in the complex arrays is stored in an interleaved fashion
|
||||
* (real, imag, real, imag, ...).
|
||||
* The parameter <code>numSamples</code> represents the number of complex
|
||||
* samples processed. The complex arrays have a total of <code>2*numSamples</code>
|
||||
* real values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The underlying algorithm is used:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* for(n=0; n<numSamples; n++) {
|
||||
* pDst[(2*n)+0] = pSrcA[(2*n)+0] * pSrcB[(2*n)+0] - pSrcA[(2*n)+1] * pSrcB[(2*n)+1];
|
||||
* pDst[(2*n)+1] = pSrcA[(2*n)+0] * pSrcB[(2*n)+1] + pSrcA[(2*n)+1] * pSrcB[(2*n)+0];
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup CmplxByCmplxMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point complex-by-complex multiplication
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
float32_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32_t a1, b1, c1, d1; /* Temporary variables to store real and imaginary values */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t a2, b2, c2, d2; /* Temporary variables to store real and imaginary values */
|
||||
float32_t acc1, acc2, acc3, acc4;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] + A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i]. */
|
||||
a1 = *pSrcA; /* A[2 * i] */
|
||||
c1 = *pSrcB; /* B[2 * i] */
|
||||
|
||||
b1 = *(pSrcA + 1); /* A[2 * i + 1] */
|
||||
acc1 = a1 * c1; /* acc1 = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] */
|
||||
|
||||
a2 = *(pSrcA + 2); /* A[2 * i + 2] */
|
||||
acc2 = (b1 * c1); /* acc2 = A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i] */
|
||||
|
||||
d1 = *(pSrcB + 1); /* B[2 * i + 1] */
|
||||
c2 = *(pSrcB + 2); /* B[2 * i + 2] */
|
||||
acc1 -= b1 * d1; /* acc1 = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1] */
|
||||
|
||||
d2 = *(pSrcB + 3); /* B[2 * i + 3] */
|
||||
acc3 = a2 * c2; /* acc3 = A[2 * i + 2] * B[2 * i + 2] */
|
||||
|
||||
b2 = *(pSrcA + 3); /* A[2 * i + 3] */
|
||||
acc2 += (a1 * d1); /* acc2 = A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i] + A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] */
|
||||
|
||||
a1 = *(pSrcA + 4); /* A[2 * i + 4] */
|
||||
acc4 = (a2 * d2); /* acc4 = A[2 * i + 2] * B[2 * i + 3] */
|
||||
|
||||
c1 = *(pSrcB + 4); /* B[2 * i + 4] */
|
||||
acc3 -= (b2 * d2); /* acc3 = A[2 * i + 2] * B[2 * i + 2] - A[2 * i + 3] * B[2 * i + 3] */
|
||||
*pDst = acc1; /* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1] */
|
||||
|
||||
b1 = *(pSrcA + 5); /* A[2 * i + 5] */
|
||||
acc4 += b2 * c2; /* acc4 = A[2 * i + 2] * B[2 * i + 3] + A[2 * i + 3] * B[2 * i + 2] */
|
||||
|
||||
*(pDst + 1) = acc2; /* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i] + A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] */
|
||||
acc1 = (a1 * c1);
|
||||
|
||||
d1 = *(pSrcB + 5);
|
||||
acc2 = (b1 * c1);
|
||||
|
||||
*(pDst + 2) = acc3;
|
||||
*(pDst + 3) = acc4;
|
||||
|
||||
a2 = *(pSrcA + 6);
|
||||
acc1 -= (b1 * d1);
|
||||
|
||||
c2 = *(pSrcB + 6);
|
||||
acc2 += (a1 * d1);
|
||||
|
||||
b2 = *(pSrcA + 7);
|
||||
acc3 = (a2 * c2);
|
||||
|
||||
d2 = *(pSrcB + 7);
|
||||
acc4 = (b2 * c2);
|
||||
|
||||
*(pDst + 4) = acc1;
|
||||
pSrcA += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
acc3 -= (b2 * d2);
|
||||
acc4 += (a2 * d2);
|
||||
|
||||
*(pDst + 5) = acc2;
|
||||
pSrcB += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
*(pDst + 6) = acc3;
|
||||
*(pDst + 7) = acc4;
|
||||
|
||||
pDst += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] + A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i]. */
|
||||
a1 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b1 = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c1 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d1 = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = (a1 * c1) - (b1 * d1);
|
||||
*pDst++ = (a1 * d1) + (b1 * c1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of CmplxByCmplxMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 complex-by-complex multiplication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup CmplxByCmplxMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 complex-by-complex multiplication
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function implements 1.15 by 1.15 multiplications and finally output is converted into 3.13 format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q15_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q15_t a, b, c, d; /* Temporary variables to store real and imaginary values */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] + A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i]. */
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * c) >> 17) - (((q31_t) b * d) >> 17);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * d) >> 17) + (((q31_t) b * c) >> 17);
|
||||
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * c) >> 17) - (((q31_t) b * d) >> 17);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * d) >> 17) + (((q31_t) b * c) >> 17);
|
||||
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * c) >> 17) - (((q31_t) b * d) >> 17);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * d) >> 17) + (((q31_t) b * c) >> 17);
|
||||
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * c) >> 17) - (((q31_t) b * d) >> 17);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * d) >> 17) + (((q31_t) b * c) >> 17);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] + A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i]. */
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * c) >> 17) - (((q31_t) b * d) >> 17);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * d) >> 17) + (((q31_t) b * c) >> 17);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] + A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i]. */
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * c) >> 17) - (((q31_t) b * d) >> 17);
|
||||
/* store the result in 3.13 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) (q31_t) (((q31_t) a * d) >> 17) + (((q31_t) b * c) >> 17);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of CmplxByCmplxMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 complex-by-complex multiplication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup CmplxByCmplxMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 complex-by-complex multiplication
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function implements 1.31 by 1.31 multiplications and finally output is converted into 3.29 format.
|
||||
* Input down scaling is not required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcA,
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcB,
|
||||
q31_t * pDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q31_t a, b, c, d; /* Temporary variables to store real and imaginary values */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
q31_t mul1, mul2, mul3, mul4;
|
||||
q31_t out1, out2;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] + A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i]. */
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * c) >> 32);
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * c) >> 32);
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (mul1 >> 1);
|
||||
mul2 = (mul2 >> 1);
|
||||
mul3 = (mul3 >> 1);
|
||||
mul4 = (mul4 >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = mul1 - mul2;
|
||||
out2 = mul3 + mul4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the real result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out1;
|
||||
/* store the imag result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * c) >> 32);
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * c) >> 32);
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (mul1 >> 1);
|
||||
mul2 = (mul2 >> 1);
|
||||
mul3 = (mul3 >> 1);
|
||||
mul4 = (mul4 >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = mul1 - mul2;
|
||||
out2 = mul3 + mul4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the real result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out1;
|
||||
/* store the imag result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * c) >> 32);
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * c) >> 32);
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (mul1 >> 1);
|
||||
mul2 = (mul2 >> 1);
|
||||
mul3 = (mul3 >> 1);
|
||||
mul4 = (mul4 >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = mul1 - mul2;
|
||||
out2 = mul3 + mul4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the real result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out1;
|
||||
/* store the imag result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * c) >> 32);
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * c) >> 32);
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (mul1 >> 1);
|
||||
mul2 = (mul2 >> 1);
|
||||
mul3 = (mul3 >> 1);
|
||||
mul4 = (mul4 >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = mul1 - mul2;
|
||||
out2 = mul3 + mul4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the real result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out1;
|
||||
/* store the imag result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] + A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i]. */
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * c) >> 32);
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * c) >> 32);
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (mul1 >> 1);
|
||||
mul2 = (mul2 >> 1);
|
||||
mul3 = (mul3 >> 1);
|
||||
mul4 = (mul4 >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = mul1 - mul2;
|
||||
out2 = mul3 + mul4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the real result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out1;
|
||||
/* store the imag result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 1u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 2 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 sample. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] + A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i]. */
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * c) >> 32);
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * c) >> 32);
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (mul1 >> 1);
|
||||
mul2 = (mul2 >> 1);
|
||||
mul3 = (mul3 >> 1);
|
||||
mul4 = (mul4 >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = mul1 - mul2;
|
||||
out2 = mul3 + mul4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the real result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out1;
|
||||
/* store the imag result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * c) >> 32);
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * c) >> 32);
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (mul1 >> 1);
|
||||
mul2 = (mul2 >> 1);
|
||||
mul3 = (mul3 >> 1);
|
||||
mul4 = (mul4 >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = mul1 - mul2;
|
||||
out2 = mul3 + mul4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the real result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out1;
|
||||
/* store the imag result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the blockSize is not a multiple of 2, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x2u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i] - A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i + 1]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i] * B[2 * i + 1] + A[2 * i + 1] * B[2 * i]. */
|
||||
a = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
b = *pSrcA++;
|
||||
c = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
d = *pSrcB++;
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * c) >> 32);
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) a * d) >> 32);
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) b * c) >> 32);
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (mul1 >> 1);
|
||||
mul2 = (mul2 >> 1);
|
||||
mul3 = (mul3 >> 1);
|
||||
mul4 = (mul4 >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = mul1 - mul2;
|
||||
out2 = mul3 + mul4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the real result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out1;
|
||||
/* store the imag result in 3.29 format in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pDst++ = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the blockSize loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of CmplxByCmplxMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mult_real_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point complex by real multiplication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup CmplxByRealMult Complex-by-Real Multiplication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiplies a complex vector by a real vector and generates a complex result.
|
||||
* The data in the complex arrays is stored in an interleaved fashion
|
||||
* (real, imag, real, imag, ...).
|
||||
* The parameter <code>numSamples</code> represents the number of complex
|
||||
* samples processed. The complex arrays have a total of <code>2*numSamples</code>
|
||||
* real values while the real array has a total of <code>numSamples</code>
|
||||
* real values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The underlying algorithm is used:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
* for(n=0; n<numSamples; n++) {
|
||||
* pCmplxDst[(2*n)+0] = pSrcCmplx[(2*n)+0] * pSrcReal[n];
|
||||
* pCmplxDst[(2*n)+1] = pSrcCmplx[(2*n)+1] * pSrcReal[n];
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* </pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are separate functions for floating-point, Q15, and Q31 data types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup CmplxByRealMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Floating-point complex-by-real multiplication
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcCmplx points to the complex input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcReal points to the real input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pCmplxDst points to the complex output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] numSamples number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mult_real_f32(
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcCmplx,
|
||||
float32_t * pSrcReal,
|
||||
float32_t * pCmplxDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32_t in; /* Temporary variable to store input value */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
float32_t inA1, inA2, inA3, inA4; /* Temporary variables to hold input data */
|
||||
float32_t inA5, inA6, inA7, inA8; /* Temporary variables to hold input data */
|
||||
float32_t inB1, inB2, inB3, inB4; /* Temporary variables to hold input data */
|
||||
float32_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* Temporary variables to hold output data */
|
||||
float32_t out5, out6, out7, out8; /* Temporary variables to hold output data */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i + 1] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* read input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA1 = pSrcCmplx[0];
|
||||
inA2 = pSrcCmplx[1];
|
||||
/* read input from real input buffer */
|
||||
inB1 = pSrcReal[0];
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA3 = pSrcCmplx[2];
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex buffer real input with real buffer input */
|
||||
out1 = inA1 * inB1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA4 = pSrcCmplx[3];
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex buffer imaginary input with real buffer input */
|
||||
out2 = inA2 * inB1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input from real input buffer */
|
||||
inB2 = pSrcReal[1];
|
||||
/* read input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA5 = pSrcCmplx[4];
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex buffer real input with real buffer input */
|
||||
out3 = inA3 * inB2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA6 = pSrcCmplx[5];
|
||||
/* read input from real input buffer */
|
||||
inB3 = pSrcReal[2];
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex buffer imaginary input with real buffer input */
|
||||
out4 = inA4 * inB2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA7 = pSrcCmplx[6];
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex buffer real input with real buffer input */
|
||||
out5 = inA5 * inB3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA8 = pSrcCmplx[7];
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex buffer imaginary input with real buffer input */
|
||||
out6 = inA6 * inB3;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read input from real input buffer */
|
||||
inB4 = pSrcReal[3];
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination bufer */
|
||||
pCmplxDst[0] = out1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex buffer real input with real buffer input */
|
||||
out7 = inA7 * inB4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination bufer */
|
||||
pCmplxDst[1] = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex buffer imaginary input with real buffer input */
|
||||
out8 = inA8 * inB4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination bufer */
|
||||
pCmplxDst[2] = out3;
|
||||
pCmplxDst[3] = out4;
|
||||
pCmplxDst[4] = out5;
|
||||
|
||||
/* incremnet complex input buffer by 8 to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrcCmplx += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination bufer */
|
||||
pCmplxDst[5] = out6;
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment real input buffer by 4 to process next samples */
|
||||
pSrcReal += 4u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store result to destination bufer */
|
||||
pCmplxDst[6] = out7;
|
||||
pCmplxDst[7] = out8;
|
||||
|
||||
/* increment destination buffer by 8 to process next sampels */
|
||||
pCmplxDst += 8u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i + 1] * B[i]. */
|
||||
in = *pSrcReal++;
|
||||
/* store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = (*pSrcCmplx++) * (in);
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = (*pSrcCmplx++) * (in);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of CmplxByRealMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mult_real_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 complex by real multiplication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup CmplxByRealMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q15 complex-by-real multiplication
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcCmplx points to the complex input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcReal points to the real input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pCmplxDst points to the complex output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] numSamples number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q15 range [0x8000 0x7FFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mult_real_q15(
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcCmplx,
|
||||
q15_t * pSrcReal,
|
||||
q15_t * pCmplxDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q15_t in; /* Temporary variable to store input value */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
q31_t inA1, inA2; /* Temporary variables to hold input data */
|
||||
q31_t inB1; /* Temporary variables to hold input data */
|
||||
q15_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* Temporary variables to hold output data */
|
||||
q31_t mul1, mul2, mul3, mul4; /* Temporary variables to hold intermediate data */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i + 1] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* read complex number both real and imaginary from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcCmplx)++;
|
||||
/* read two real values at a time from real input buffer */
|
||||
inB1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcReal)++;
|
||||
/* read complex number both real and imaginary from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA2 = *__SIMD32(pSrcCmplx)++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex number with real numbers */
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA1) * (q15_t) (inB1));
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA1 >> 16) * (q15_t) (inB1));
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA2) * (q15_t) (inB1 >> 16));
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA2 >> 16) * (q15_t) (inB1 >> 16));
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA1 >> 16) * (q15_t) (inB1 >> 16));
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) inA1 * (q15_t) (inB1 >> 16));
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA2 >> 16) * (q15_t) inB1);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) inA2 * (q15_t) inB1);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
/* saturate the result */
|
||||
out1 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul1 >> 15u, 16);
|
||||
out2 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul2 >> 15u, 16);
|
||||
out3 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul3 >> 15u, 16);
|
||||
out4 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul4 >> 15u, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* pack real and imaginary outputs and store them to destination */
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pCmplxDst)++ = __PKHBT(out1, out2, 16);
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pCmplxDst)++ = __PKHBT(out3, out4, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
inA1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcCmplx)++;
|
||||
inB1 = *__SIMD32(pSrcReal)++;
|
||||
inA2 = *__SIMD32(pSrcCmplx)++;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA1) * (q15_t) (inB1));
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA1 >> 16) * (q15_t) (inB1));
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA2) * (q15_t) (inB1 >> 16));
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA2 >> 16) * (q15_t) (inB1 >> 16));
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
mul2 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA1 >> 16) * (q15_t) (inB1 >> 16));
|
||||
mul1 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) inA1 * (q15_t) (inB1 >> 16));
|
||||
mul4 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) (inA2 >> 16) * (q15_t) inB1);
|
||||
mul3 = (q31_t) ((q15_t) inA2 * (q15_t) inB1);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
out1 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul1 >> 15u, 16);
|
||||
out2 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul2 >> 15u, 16);
|
||||
out3 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul3 >> 15u, 16);
|
||||
out4 = (q15_t) __SSAT(mul4 >> 15u, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pCmplxDst)++ = __PKHBT(out1, out2, 16);
|
||||
*__SIMD32(pCmplxDst)++ = __PKHBT(out3, out4, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i + 1] * B[i]. */
|
||||
in = *pSrcReal++;
|
||||
/* store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) __SSAT((((q31_t) (*pSrcCmplx++) * (in)) >> 15), 16);
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) __SSAT((((q31_t) (*pSrcCmplx++) * (in)) >> 15), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* realOut = realA * realB. */
|
||||
/* imagOut = imagA * realB. */
|
||||
in = *pSrcReal++;
|
||||
/* store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) __SSAT((((q31_t) (*pSrcCmplx++) * (in)) >> 15), 16);
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ =
|
||||
(q15_t) __SSAT((((q31_t) (*pSrcCmplx++) * (in)) >> 15), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of CmplxByRealMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_cmplx_mult_real_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 complex by real multiplication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup groupCmplxMath
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup CmplxByRealMult
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Q31 complex-by-real multiplication
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcCmplx points to the complex input vector
|
||||
* @param[in] *pSrcReal points to the real input vector
|
||||
* @param[out] *pCmplxDst points to the complex output vector
|
||||
* @param[in] numSamples number of samples in each vector
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>Scaling and Overflow Behavior:</b>
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The function uses saturating arithmetic.
|
||||
* Results outside of the allowable Q31 range[0x80000000 0x7FFFFFFF] will be saturated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_cmplx_mult_real_q31(
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcCmplx,
|
||||
q31_t * pSrcReal,
|
||||
q31_t * pCmplxDst,
|
||||
uint32_t numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q31_t inA1; /* Temporary variable to store input value */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
uint32_t blkCnt; /* loop counters */
|
||||
q31_t inA2, inA3, inA4; /* Temporary variables to hold input data */
|
||||
q31_t inB1, inB2; /* Temporary variabels to hold input data */
|
||||
q31_t out1, out2, out3, out4; /* Temporary variables to hold output data */
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop Unrolling */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples >> 2u;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First part of the processing with loop unrolling. Compute 4 outputs at a time.
|
||||
** a second loop below computes the remaining 1 to 3 samples. */
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i + 1] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* read real input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
inA2 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
/* read input from real input bufer */
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcReal++;
|
||||
inB2 = *pSrcReal++;
|
||||
/* read imaginary input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA3 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
inA4 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex input with real input */
|
||||
out1 = ((q63_t) inA1 * inB1) >> 32;
|
||||
out2 = ((q63_t) inA2 * inB1) >> 32;
|
||||
out3 = ((q63_t) inA3 * inB2) >> 32;
|
||||
out4 = ((q63_t) inA4 * inB2) >> 32;
|
||||
|
||||
/* sature the result */
|
||||
out1 = __SSAT(out1, 31);
|
||||
out2 = __SSAT(out2, 31);
|
||||
out3 = __SSAT(out3, 31);
|
||||
out4 = __SSAT(out4, 31);
|
||||
|
||||
/* get result in 1.31 format */
|
||||
out1 = out1 << 1;
|
||||
out2 = out2 << 1;
|
||||
out3 = out3 << 1;
|
||||
out4 = out4 << 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result to destination buffer */
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out1;
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out2;
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out3;
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read real input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
inA2 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
/* read input from real input bufer */
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcReal++;
|
||||
inB2 = *pSrcReal++;
|
||||
/* read imaginary input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA3 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
inA4 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex input with real input */
|
||||
out1 = ((q63_t) inA1 * inB1) >> 32;
|
||||
out2 = ((q63_t) inA2 * inB1) >> 32;
|
||||
out3 = ((q63_t) inA3 * inB2) >> 32;
|
||||
out4 = ((q63_t) inA4 * inB2) >> 32;
|
||||
|
||||
/* sature the result */
|
||||
out1 = __SSAT(out1, 31);
|
||||
out2 = __SSAT(out2, 31);
|
||||
out3 = __SSAT(out3, 31);
|
||||
out4 = __SSAT(out4, 31);
|
||||
|
||||
/* get result in 1.31 format */
|
||||
out1 = out1 << 1;
|
||||
out2 = out2 << 1;
|
||||
out3 = out3 << 1;
|
||||
out4 = out4 << 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result to destination buffer */
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out1;
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out2;
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out3;
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the numSamples is not a multiple of 4, compute any remaining output samples here.
|
||||
** No loop unrolling is used. */
|
||||
blkCnt = numSamples % 0x4u;
|
||||
|
||||
while(blkCnt > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* C[2 * i] = A[2 * i] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* C[2 * i + 1] = A[2 * i + 1] * B[i]. */
|
||||
/* read real input from complex input buffer */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
inA2 = *pSrcCmplx++;
|
||||
/* read input from real input bufer */
|
||||
inB1 = *pSrcReal++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiply complex input with real input */
|
||||
out1 = ((q63_t) inA1 * inB1) >> 32;
|
||||
out2 = ((q63_t) inA2 * inB1) >> 32;
|
||||
|
||||
/* sature the result */
|
||||
out1 = __SSAT(out1, 31);
|
||||
out2 = __SSAT(out2, 31);
|
||||
|
||||
/* get result in 1.31 format */
|
||||
out1 = out1 << 1;
|
||||
out2 = out2 << 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store the result to destination buffer */
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out1;
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ = out2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
blkCnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
while(numSamples > 0u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* realOut = realA * realB. */
|
||||
/* imagReal = imagA * realB. */
|
||||
inA1 = *pSrcReal++;
|
||||
/* store the result in the destination buffer. */
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ =
|
||||
(q31_t) clip_q63_to_q31(((q63_t) * pSrcCmplx++ * inA1) >> 31);
|
||||
*pCmplxDst++ =
|
||||
(q31_t) clip_q63_to_q31(((q63_t) * pSrcCmplx++ * inA1) >> 31);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decrement the numSamples loop counter */
|
||||
numSamples--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of CmplxByRealMult group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_pid_init_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point PID Control initialization function
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup PID
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialization function for the floating-point PID Control.
|
||||
* @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the PID structure.
|
||||
* @param[in] resetStateFlag flag to reset the state. 0 = no change in state & 1 = reset the state.
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
* \par Description:
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The <code>resetStateFlag</code> specifies whether to set state to zero or not. \n
|
||||
* The function computes the structure fields: <code>A0</code>, <code>A1</code> <code>A2</code>
|
||||
* using the proportional gain( \c Kp), integral gain( \c Ki) and derivative gain( \c Kd)
|
||||
* also sets the state variables to all zeros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_pid_init_f32(
|
||||
arm_pid_instance_f32 * S,
|
||||
int32_t resetStateFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A0 */
|
||||
S->A0 = S->Kp + S->Ki + S->Kd;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A1 */
|
||||
S->A1 = (-S->Kp) - ((float32_t) 2.0 * S->Kd);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A2 */
|
||||
S->A2 = S->Kd;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check whether state needs reset or not */
|
||||
if(resetStateFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the state buffer. The size will be always 3 samples */
|
||||
memset(S->state, 0, 3u * sizeof(float32_t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of PID group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_pid_init_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 PID Control initialization function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup PID
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @details
|
||||
* @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 PID structure.
|
||||
* @param[in] resetStateFlag flag to reset the state. 0 = no change in state 1 = reset the state.
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
* \par Description:
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The <code>resetStateFlag</code> specifies whether to set state to zero or not. \n
|
||||
* The function computes the structure fields: <code>A0</code>, <code>A1</code> <code>A2</code>
|
||||
* using the proportional gain( \c Kp), integral gain( \c Ki) and derivative gain( \c Kd)
|
||||
* also sets the state variables to all zeros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_pid_init_q15(
|
||||
arm_pid_instance_q15 * S,
|
||||
int32_t resetStateFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A0 */
|
||||
S->A0 = __QADD16(__QADD16(S->Kp, S->Ki), S->Kd);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficients and pack into A1 */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
S->A1 = __PKHBT(-__QADD16(__QADD16(S->Kd, S->Kd), S->Kp), S->Kd, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
S->A1 = __PKHBT(S->Kd, -__QADD16(__QADD16(S->Kd, S->Kd), S->Kp), 16);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check whether state needs reset or not */
|
||||
if(resetStateFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the state buffer. The size will be always 3 samples */
|
||||
memset(S->state, 0, 3u * sizeof(q15_t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
q31_t temp; /*to store the sum */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A0 */
|
||||
temp = S->Kp + S->Ki + S->Kd;
|
||||
S->A0 = (q15_t) __SSAT(temp, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficients and pack into A1 */
|
||||
temp = -(S->Kd + S->Kd + S->Kp);
|
||||
S->A1 = (q15_t) __SSAT(temp, 16);
|
||||
S->A2 = S->Kd;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check whether state needs reset or not */
|
||||
if(resetStateFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the state buffer. The size will be always 3 samples */
|
||||
memset(S->state, 0, 3u * sizeof(q15_t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of PID group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_pid_init_q31.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q31 PID Control initialization function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup PID
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialization function for the Q31 PID Control.
|
||||
* @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 PID structure.
|
||||
* @param[in] resetStateFlag flag to reset the state. 0 = no change in state 1 = reset the state.
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
* \par Description:
|
||||
* \par
|
||||
* The <code>resetStateFlag</code> specifies whether to set state to zero or not. \n
|
||||
* The function computes the structure fields: <code>A0</code>, <code>A1</code> <code>A2</code>
|
||||
* using the proportional gain( \c Kp), integral gain( \c Ki) and derivative gain( \c Kd)
|
||||
* also sets the state variables to all zeros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void arm_pid_init_q31(
|
||||
arm_pid_instance_q31 * S,
|
||||
int32_t resetStateFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M4 and Cortex-M3 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A0 */
|
||||
S->A0 = __QADD(__QADD(S->Kp, S->Ki), S->Kd);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A1 */
|
||||
S->A1 = -__QADD(__QADD(S->Kd, S->Kd), S->Kp);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the below code for Cortex-M0 */
|
||||
|
||||
q31_t temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A0 */
|
||||
temp = clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) S->Kp + S->Ki);
|
||||
S->A0 = clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) temp + S->Kd);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A1 */
|
||||
temp = clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) S->Kd + S->Kd);
|
||||
S->A1 = -clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) temp + S->Kp);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Derived coefficient A2 */
|
||||
S->A2 = S->Kd;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check whether state needs reset or not */
|
||||
if(resetStateFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the state buffer. The size will be always 3 samples */
|
||||
memset(S->state, 0, 3u * sizeof(q31_t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of PID group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_pid_reset_f32.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Floating-point PID Control reset function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup PID
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reset function for the floating-point PID Control.
|
||||
* @param[in] *S Instance pointer of PID control data structure.
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
* \par Description:
|
||||
* The function resets the state buffer to zeros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void arm_pid_reset_f32(
|
||||
arm_pid_instance_f32 * S)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the state buffer. The size will be always 3 samples */
|
||||
memset(S->state, 0, 3u * sizeof(float32_t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of PID group
|
||||
*/
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
|||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* $Date: 15. February 2012
|
||||
* $Revision: V1.1.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
|
||||
* Title: arm_pid_reset_q15.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Description: Q15 PID Control reset function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0 2012/02/15
|
||||
* Updated with more optimizations, bug fixes and minor API changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15
|
||||
* Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29
|
||||
* Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11
|
||||
* Documentation updated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20
|
||||
* Production release and review comments incorporated.
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arm_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup PID
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reset function for the Q15 PID Control.
|
||||
* @param[in] *S Instance pointer of PID control data structure.
|
||||
* @return none.
|
||||
* \par Description:
|
||||
* The function resets the state buffer to zeros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void arm_pid_reset_q15(
|
||||
arm_pid_instance_q15 * S)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset state to zero, The size will be always 3 samples */
|
||||
memset(S->state, 0, 3u * sizeof(q15_t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @} end of PID group
|
||||
*/
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue